Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
Service Manual
(20
Wheel loader
(10 points)
L550 - L580 2plus2
(10
en
Service Manual
(20
Wheel loader
(10 points)
L550 - L580 2plus2
(10
Address
Address: LIEBHERR-WERK BISCHOFSHOFEN GMBH
Product ID
Manufacturer: LIEBHERR-WERK BISCHOFSHOFEN GMBH
Product group: Wheel loader
Type: L550 L556 L566 L576 L580
Production number: 456 454 460 457 459
Serial number: 16978 15653 14171 14171 14171
Document ID
Order number: 1035 3357
Author: LBH / Technical Documentation Department
Document version: 01
Manual number:
Owner:
Preface
Intended readership This service manual is addressed to anyone whose task it is to ensure that the
machines are ready for everyday use. This especially includes mechanics and
workshop staff of Liebherr dealers and branches.
Contents The first chapter contains information on safety regulations and on the
special tools needed for maintenance and repairs.
Chapter 2 gives you an overview of all the most important technical data of
the machine as a whole and its individual assemblies.
Next comes the maintenance chapter, with the maintenance and inspection
schedule, the testing and adjustment checklists, lubrication charts, description
of maintenance tasks, testing and adjustment tasks and specifications of fuel
and lubricants.
The technical description of the machine is in the following chapters,
structured according to fifteen function groups. The layout, function and
technical data of the groups, components and parts are explained.
Chapter 19 contains information on troubleshooting, the service code table
and a description of the SCULI service software.
Chapter 20 will be gradually updated with the latest options.
Instructions on use This manual describes several types and versions of machines. The
information generally applies to the types and serial numbers stated at the
bottom of the page. The exception to this is information which only applies to
specific types and serial numbers, which are stated at the beginning of the
section concerned (for example technical data of parts).
Where possible, the ID numbers of parts and components are stated in
the heading.
This manual is available in German, English, French, Spanish and Italian.
Working instructions Always follow the safety regulations whenever you work on the machine.
You will find a reference to this in the General Information section.
In order to perform these tasks you need a complete set of basic tools
andcertain special tools, all in perfect working order. All tasks require
absolute cleanliness.
Replace seals such as O-rings and surface seals during repairs.
General information 1
Product description 2
Maintenance 3
Diesel engine and pump distributor gear 4
Cooling system 5
Travel hydraulics 6
Working hydraulics 7
Steering system 8
Brake system 9
Electrical system 10
Transfer gear 11
Axles and cardan shaft 12
Machine frame and ballast weight 13
Central lubrication system 14
Coverings and access 15
Cab, heating and air-conditioning 16
Lift arms and quick-change device 17
Equipment and accessories 18
Service codes and diagnosis 19
Options 20
1 General Informations
1.0
Chapter contents
1 General Informations........................................................... 1.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 1.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
General Informations Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
1.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual General Informations
Safety regulations
1.1.1 Introduction
1. The symbols below have the following meanings:
Danger
Risk of personal injury.
Denotes an impending dangerous situation which can lead to serious injury
or death if not avoided.
! Note the warning.
Warning
Risk of personal injury.
Denotes a potentially dangerous situation which can lead to serious injury or
death if not avoided.
! Note the warning.
Caution
Risk of personal injury.
Denotes a potentially dangerous situation which can lead to slight injury if
not avoided.
! Note the warning.
Caution
Risk of damage to the machine.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
Note
Useful information
Denotes information on correctly handling the machine and the lubricants
and fuels used.
! Observe the instructions.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 1.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
General Informations Service Manual
Safety regulations
1 Introduction
2 General safety regulations
3 Proper use
4 Decals on the machine
5 Instructions on preventing crushing injuries and burns
6 Instructions on preventing fires and explosions
7 Safety instructions for start-up
8 Safety precautions during start-up
9 Instructions for safe working
10 Safety instructions for driving on slopes
11 Parking safely
12 Transporting the machine safely
13 Towing the machine safely
14 Measures for ensuring safe maintenance
15 Safety instructions for working on machines with hydro accumulators
16 Safety instructions for welding work on the machine
17 Instructions for working safely on the working attachment
18 Safety instructions for transporting the machine by crane
19 Safe maintenance of hydraulic hoses and hose lines
20 Attachments and accessories
21 Protection against vibrations
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
1.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual General Informations
Special tools for maintenance and repair work
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 1.2-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
General Informations Service Manual
Special tools for maintenance and repair work
1.2-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual General Informations
Safety regulations
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 1.2-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
General Informations Service Manual
Special tools for maintenance and repair work
1.2-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual General Informations
Safety regulations
Filling hose, red 1500 mm 7027555 All wheel loaders For the test fitting
Car coupling 253a 7027556 All wheel loaders For the test fitting
Car coupling 254a 7027557 All wheel loaders For the test fitting
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 1.2-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
General Informations Service Manual
Special tools for maintenance and repair work
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
1.2-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
2 Production description
2.0
Chapter contents
2 Production description......................................................... 2.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-1 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-2 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-3 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
2.1-4 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-5 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
2.1-6 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-7 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Diesel engine
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; ID 9080542
Description Value Unit
Engine model D934 S A6
Number of cylinders 4
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Capacity 6360 cm
Cylinder bore 122 mm
Stroke 136 mm
Rated power as per ISO 9249 130 / 190 kW / PS
Rated speed 2000 min-1
Maximum torque at 1500 min-1 828 Nm
Lower idle speed 90010 min-1
Upper idle speed 206510 min-1
Start of delivery before TDC See type plate
Combustion pressure 20 - 28 bar
Injection nozzle opening pressure 315 - 340 bar
Inlet valve play (cold) 0.3 mm
Outlet valve play (cold) 0.4 mm
Direction of rotation, looking at flywheel Anticlockwise
Number of teeth on flywheel gear 147
Control thermostat 79 C
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-8 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-9 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Valid for: L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171; ID 10116961
Description Value Unit
Engine model D936 L A6
Number of cylinders 6
Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Capacity 10520 cm
Cylinder bore 122 mm
Stroke 150 mm
Rated power as per ISO 9249 200 / 272 kW / PS
Rated speed 2000 min-1
Maximum torque at 1300 min-1 1320 Nm
Lower idle speed 90010 min-1
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-10 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Fuel system
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Tank capacity, FULL 300 l
Tank capacity, RESERVE 50 l
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Tank capacity, FULL 400 l
Tank capacity, RESERVE 70 l
Fuel separator
Description Value Unit
Filter insert grade 10 m
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-11 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Coupling
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Type 466/233 NGT
Coupling
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Type 345/254 NGT
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Type PVG 350 B 384
Input direction Clockwise
Output direction Anticlockwise
Transmission ratio for travel 0.808
hydraulics pump
Transmission ratio for working and 0.865
steering hydraulics pump
Gear pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Gear motor
Description Value Unit
Gear motor displacement 19 cm
Gear motor direction of rotation (looking Clockwise
towards shaft)
Pressure relief valve 175 10 bar
Coil resistance 4.7 Ohm
2.1-12 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Temperature sensor
Description Value Unit
Measuring range min. -30 C
max. 130 C
Resistance at 0 C 1000 Ohm
Resistance at 20 C 1112 Ohm
Resistance at 30 C 1171 Ohm
Resistance at 55 C 1322 Ohm
Resistance at 73 C 1437 Ohm
Resistance at 78 C 1469 Ohm
Resistance at 84 C 1509 Ohm
Resistance at 94 C 1577 Ohm
Resistance at 102 C 1632 Ohm
Screw thread M 14 x 1.5
Protection class IP 65
Max. tightening torque 30 Nm
Plug connection Bosch Jet plug,
2-pin (Gold contacts)
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-13 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Control type EZ
Maximum capacity 125 cm
Flow rate at rated speed 300 l/min
Maximum swivel angle (both sides) 20
Speed (at rated speed) 2475 min-1
Power L566 160 kW
Power L576, L580 171 kW
Replenishing pump capacity 28.3 cm
Replenishing pump flow rate (at rated speed) 62 l/min
Inlet restrictor 2.2 mm
Travel direction solenoid voltage 24 V
Travel direction solenoid current consumption 1.1 A
Travel direction solenoid resistance 22 Ohm
Control pressure proportional valve resistance 14 Ohm
Replenishing pressure at upper idle speed 341 bar
-1
High pressure at 1400 min 33010 bar
High pressure at 1200 min-1 23010 bar
High pressure at 930 min-1 5010 bar
Pressure relief and replenishing valves 47010 bar
Pressure cut-off 4305 bar
Weight 75 kg
2.1-14 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Control type EP
Maximum displacement 107 cm
Maximum swivel angel 25
Minimum swivel angle 0
Maximum speed 5292 min-1
Torque (p 400 bar) 653 Nm
Maximum discharge valve capacity 20 l/min
Discharge valve orifice diameter 3.0 mm
Weight 47 kg
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Control type EP
Maximum displacement 140 cm
Maximum swivel angel 25
Minimum swivel angle 0
Maximum speed 4950 min-1
Torque (p 400 bar) 855 Nm
Maximum discharge valve capacity 10 l/min
Discharge valve orifice diameter 2.0 mm
Weight 60 kg
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-15 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Control type LRDS
Capacity 130 cm
Flow rate at rated speed 290 l/min
Speed at rated speed 2312 min-1
Power 87 kW
Flow regulator (delta p) 222 bar
Power controller start of regulation 18010 bar
Weight 66 kg
Control block
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-16 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Spool valve diameter 25 mm
Piston stroke, both sides 11 mm
Lift arm up/down control piston flow 300 / 170 l/min
Tilt out/in control piston flow 180 / 200 l/min
Primary pressure relief valve 3805 bar
Secondary pressure relief valve / tilt-in 4005 bar
Secondary pressure relief valve / tilt out 4005 bar
Secondary pressure relief valve / lift 4205 bar
LS pressure cut-off 3505 bar
Pressure relief valve pre-tension 81 bar
Float position/ride control solenoid
30 Ohm
valve resistance
Weight 40 kg
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-17 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Stabilisation module
Valid for: ID 1003 0852
Description Value Unit
Control piston diameter 16 mm
Cut-off pressure (LFD off) 12020 bar
Safety valve 33010 bar
Restrictor check valve diameter 2.0 / 0.4 mm
Solenoid valve current consumption 0.6 A
Solenoid valve resistance 40 Ohm
Weight 13 kg
Lift cylinder
Valid for L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 9231 458
Description Value Unit
Piston diameter 130 mm
Rod diameter 80 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-18 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L574 - 457 / from 14171;
L580 - 459 / from 14171; ID 9959 881
Description Value Unit
Piston diameter 150 mm
Rod diameter 80 mm
Stroke length 790 mm
Minimum installation length 1320 mm
Weight 165 kg
Lifting at rated load 5.6 seconds
Lowering empty 3.5 seconds
Piston rod bearing tightening torque 285 Nm
(hex screws)
Tilt cylinder
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 9954 056
Description Value Unit
Piston diameter 150 mm
Rod diameter 80 mm
Stroke length 455 mm
Minimum installation length 860 mm
Weight 127 kg
Tilting out at rated load 2.3 seconds
Piston rod bearing tightening torque (hex 565 Nm
screws)
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; ID 9248 203
Description Value Unit
Piston diameter 170 mm
Rod diameter 90 mm
Stroke length 555 mm
Minimum installation length 1050 mm
Weight 188 kg
Tilting out at rated load 2.0 seconds
Piston rod bearing tightening torque 970 Nm
(hex screws)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-19 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Bleeder filter
Description Value Unit
Filtration grade 10 m
Inlet opening pressure 0.03 bar
Outlet opening pressure 0.5 bar
Thread 3/4 inch
Steering pump
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 5716 846
Description Value Unit
Control type DFR
Maximum capacity 45 cm
Flow rate at rated speed 111 l/min
Swivel angle min. 0
max. 15.6
Speed at rated speed 2542 min-1
Power 39 kW
Flow regulator (delta p) 222 bar
Pressure cut-off 2105 bar
Weight 21 kg
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171;
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-20 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Servostat
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 1011 3336
Description Value Unit
Displacement 462 cm
Secondary pressure relief 28510 bar
Flow booster 1 : 1.6
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171;
L580 - 459 / from 14171; ID 10113338
Description Value Unit
Displacement 588 cm
Secondary pressure relief 28510 bar
Flow booster 1 : 1.6
Steering cylinder
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 9231 461
Description Value Unit
Piston diameter 80 mm
Rod diameter 40 mm
Stroke length 405 mm
Minimum installation length 730 mm
Piston rod bearing tightening torque 1000 Nm
Weight 26.2 kg
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171;
L580 - 459 / from 14171; ID 9246849
Description Value Unit
Piston diameter 90 mm
Rod diameter 40 mm
Stroke length 455 mm
Minimum installation length 780 mm
Piston rod bearing tightening torque 1000 Nm
Weight 29.5 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-21 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653;
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; ID 1029 2360
Description Value Unit
Accumulator charge valve 1805 bar
activation pressure
Accumulator charge valve 2105 bar
deactivation pressure
Parking brake solenoid valve 0.6 A
current consumption
Parking brake solenoid valve resistance 40 Ohm
Maximum service brake pressure 955 bar
Pedal start angle 42
Pedal stop angle 15
2.1-22 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Disc brake
Description Value Unit
Gap 1.00.5 mm
Brake lining thickness, NEW 4.5 mm
Minimum brake lining thickness 1.0 mm
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-23 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Battery
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 6002 886
Description Value Unit
Battery voltage 12 V
Battery capacity 143 Ah
Acid density of charged battery 1.26-1.28 kg/l
Cold test current (at -18 C EN 60095-1) 950 A
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171;
ID 6132 03208
Description Value Unit
Battery voltage 12 V
Battery capacity 170 Ah
Acid density of charged battery 1.26-1.28 kg/l
Cold test current (at -18 C EN 60095-1) 1000 A
2.1-24 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
2.1.9 Transmission
Transmission
Description Value Unit
Number of gears 3
Transfer ratio in 1st gear 6.103
Transfer ratio in 2nd gear 3.033
Transfer ratio in 3rd gear 1.342
Weight (without oil) 285 kg
Drive shaft flange tightening torque 340 - 400 Nm
Tightening torque 30 - 35 Nm
Control valve block fastening screws
Speed sensors
Description Value Unit
Resistance 1050100 Ohm
Distance 0.30.2 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Gear pump
Description Value Unit
Capacity 16 cm
Flow rate at rated speed 40.8 l/min
Speed at rated speed 2550 min-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-25 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Front axle
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978
Description Value Unit
Type MT-L 3085 -
Self-locking differential 45 %
Width 2000 mm
Differential nut tightening torque 700 Nm
Wheel hub grooved nut tightening torque 2000+500 Nm
Wheel lug tightening torque 750 Nm
Wheel lug spanner size 30 mm
Differential transmission 3.89
Wheel hub transmission 6.0
Overall transmission 23.33
Weight 816 kg
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 473 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Type MT-L3105
Self-locking differential 45 %
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Width 2230 mm
Differential nut tightening torque 700 Nm
Wheel hub grooved nut tightening torque 3000+500 Nm
Wheel lug tightening torque 750 Nm
Wheel lug spanner size 30 mm
Differential transmission 4.1
Wheel hub transmission 6.0
Overall transmission 24.66
Weight 1174 kg
2.1-26 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Rear axle
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978
Description Value Unit
Type MT-L 3085 -
Self-locking differential 45 %
Width 2000 mm
Differential nut tightening torque 700 Nm
Wheel hub grooved nut tightening torque 2000+500 Nm
Wheel lug tightening torque 750 Nm
Wheel lug spanner size 30 mm
Differential transmission 3.89
Wheel hub transmission 6.0
Overall transmission 23.33
Weight 816 kg
Width 2000 mm
Differential nut tightening torque 1200 Nm
Wheel hub grooved nut tightening torque 2000+500 Nm
Wheel lug tightening torque 750 Nm
Wheel lug spanner size 30 mm
Differential transmission 3.89
Wheel hub transmission 6.0
Overall transmission 23.33
Weight 816 kg
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-27 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Width 2230 mm
Differential nut tightening torque 1200 Nm
Wheel hub grooved nut tightening torque 1300+200 Nm
Wheel lug tightening torque 750 Nm
Wheel lug spanner size 32 mm
Differential transmission 4.1
Wheel hub transmission 6.0
Overall transmission 24.60
Swing angle 13
Weight 1090 kg
2.1-28 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Min. length 1500 mm
Max. length 1610 mm
Flange tightening torque 285 Nm
Weight 73 kg
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Min. length 765 mm
Max. length 875 mm
Flange tightening torque 125 Nm
Weight 24 kg
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-29 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Ballast weight
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978
Description Value Unit
Weight per ballast weight 614 kg
Material GG 10
M24 10.9 screw tightening torque 960 Nm
Valid for: L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Weight per ballast weight 1540 kg
Material GG 10
M24 10.9 screw tightening torque 960 Nm
2.1-30 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Progressive distributor
MX-F
Description Value Unit
Maximum operating pressure at input 300 bar
Temperature range min. -35 C
max. +100 C
Transfer medium Greases up to
NLGI class 2
MX-F 25
Description Value Unit
Flow per outlet 25 mm
Flow per element 50 mm
Piston diameter 3 mm
MX-F 45
Description Value Unit
Flow per outlet 45 mm
Flow per element 90 mm
Piston diameter 4 mm
MX-F 75
Description Value Unit
Flow per outlet 75 mm
Flow per element 150 mm
Piston diameter 5 mm
MX-F 105
Description Value Unit
Flow per outlet 105 mm
Flow per element 210 mm
Piston diameter 6 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-31 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Condenser
Description Value Unit
Maximum air flow 4000 m/h
Heating power 9.71 kW
Test pressure 35 bar
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-32 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Pressure switch
Description Value Unit
Low pressure OFF 1.50.5 bar
Low pressure ON 3.5 bar
High pressure OFF 252 bar
High pressure ON 181.5 bar
Evaporator
Description Value Unit
Cooling power 9.7 kW
10%
Temperature sensor activation 5.5 C
temperature
Temperature sensor deactivation 4.510% C
temperature
Lift arm
Main dimensions
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-33 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
2.1-34 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Quick-change device
Main dimensions
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
A system connection size 1000 mm
B width 1200 mm
H height 820 mm
T depth 450 mm
Weight 430 kg
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 4573 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
A system connection size 1100 mm
B width 1370 mm
H height 1100 mm
T depth 620 mm
Weight 830 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-35 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
Standard bucket
2.1-36 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Production description
Technical data
Forklift
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Prong length 1500 mm
L Length (fork carrier + prongs) 1860 mm
K Fork carrier width 2000 mm
H Height (fork carrier + prongs) 1040 mm
Weight (fork carrier + prongs) 740 kg
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Prong length 1800 mm
L Length (fork carrier + prongs) 2220 mm
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 2.1-37 o f 3 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Production description Service Manual
Technical data
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-38 o f 3 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
3 Maintenance
3.0
Chapter contents
3 Maintenance........................................................................ 3.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.0-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
3.5.21 Cleaning the air filter service cap and dust extraction
valve................................................................................... 3.5-19
3.5.22 Testing the air filter vacuum switch ................................... 3.5-19
3.5.23 Changing the air filter primary element when indicated
by the vacuum switch ........................................................ 3.5-20
3.5.24 Changing the air filter secondary element ......................... 3.5-21
3.5.25 Checking the air intake hoses for leaks and tight fitting .... 3.5-22
3.5.26 Checking the exhaust lines for leaks and tight fitting ........ 3.5-22
3.5.27 Check the oil level in the pump distributor gear................. 3.5-23
3.5.28 Changing the splitter box oil .............................................. 3.5-24
3.5.29 Checking the soot particle filter pressure monitor for
function, leaks and blockages............................................ 3.5-24
3.5.30 Checking and draining the soot particle filter
condensate separator ........................................................ 3.5-25
3.5.31 Changing the soot particle filter condensate separator ..... 3.5-26
3.5.32 Cleaning the soot particle filter .......................................... 3.5-27
3.5.33 Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor
concentration ..................................................................... 3.5-28
3.5.34 Cleaning the cooling system.............................................. 3.5-32
3.5.35 Changing the coolant......................................................... 3.5-33
3.5.36 Checking the oil level in the hydraulic tank........................ 3.5-35
3.5.37 Draining off condensate and sediment from the
hydraulic tank..................................................................... 3.5-36
3.5.38 Changing the oil in the hydraulic tank and checking the
return strainer..................................................................... 3.5-36
3.5.39 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the
hydraulic tank..................................................................... 3.5-37
3.5.40 Changing the hydraulic tank return suction filter ............... 3.5-38
3.5.41 Changing the hydraulic tank bleeder filter ......................... 3.5-38
3.5.42 Lubricating the pilot control device solenoids, universal
joints and tappets............................................................... 3.5-39
3.5.43 Testing the steering ........................................................... 3.5-39
3.5.44 Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylinders ... 3.5-39
3.5.45 Testing the service brake and parking brake..................... 3.5-40
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5.46 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake linings.. 3.5-41
3.5.47 Checking the indicator lamps and lighting ......................... 3.5-42
3.5.48 Checking the batteries, fluid level and terminals ............... 3.5-43
3.5.49 Checking the transmission oil level ................................... 3.5-44
3.5.50 Changing the transmission oil............................................ 3.5-44
3.5.51 Changing the transmission oil filter.................................... 3.5-44
3.5.52 Checking the tightness of the wheels (once after 50,
100 and 250 h)................................................................... 3.5-45
3.5.53 Checking the axle oil level ................................................. 3.5-45
3.5.54 Checking the axle oil level ................................................. 3.5-46
3.0-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.0-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
3.0-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance and inspection schedule
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.1-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance and inspection schedule
Special intervals
By maintenance staff By authorised specialist staff
On handover
As necessary As necessary
7Annually before the winter
Have the driver lubricate the machine in accordance with the lubrication chart
Change the main air filter element when indicated by the vacuum switch (or
every year at the latest)
Clean or replace the air filter secondary element (after replacing the main
element 3 times or every year at the latest)
Check the air intake hoses for leaks and tight fitting
Check the exhaust lines for leaks and tight fitting
z Check the oil level in the pump distributor gear
Change the splitter box oil
3.1-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance and inspection schedule
Special intervals
By maintenance staff By authorised specialist staff
On handover
As necessary As necessary
7 Annually before the winter
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.1-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance and inspection schedule
Customer: Machine type: ... Serial no.: .... Service hours: .. Date: ..
Maintenance / inspection
after service hours
TASKS TO BE PERFORMED
Special intervals
By maintenance staff By authorised specialist staff
On handover
As necessary As necessary
7Annually before the winter
3.1-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment plan
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.2-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment plan
Maintenance / inspection
after service hours
TASKS TO BE PERFORMED
Special intervals
By authorised specialist staff
On handover
Once-only activity
Every 1000
Every 2000
Every 500
Repeat interval
Every 10
Every 50
As necessary
Diesel engine
Check the diesel engine speed
Cooling system
Check the fan motor and fan control pressure relief valve
Travel hydraulics
Synchronise pedals
Check the replenishing pressure of the variable displacement pump
Check the pressure relief and replenishing valve of the variable displacement
pump
Check the pressure cut-off of the variable displacement pump
Calibrate the block curve
Calibrate the variable displacement motors
Check the engine output
Working hydraulics
Check the flow controller (delta p) of the working hydraulics pump
Check the flow controller (start of delivery) of the working hydraulics pump
Check the secondary pressure relief valves on the control block
Check the primary pressure relief valves on the control block
Check the LS pressure cut-off on the control block
Check the cut-off pressure in the stabilisation module
Check the nitrogen in the ride control hydro accumulator
Steering system
Check the pressure cut-off of the steering pump
Check the flow controller (delta p) of the steering pump
Brake system
Check the opening and closing pressure of the compact brake valve
Check the brake pressure of the compact brake valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.2-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment checklists
Copyright by
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 3.3-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Customer: L550, L556 Ser. Nr. /
Operating hours:
Type of application:
Checked by:
Job site:
Checked on date:
1000 Bh.
2000 Bh.
Adjust. Value Value
Adjust. Test
Check / Adjustment Unit values
before after
adjust. adjust. point point
Operating temperature
5
Operating temperature C 58
(Temperature sensor hydraulic oil)
Cooling system
Cooling System (fan control)
10
Fan at high Diesel engine RPM / bar 110 P
Sensor unplugged
10
Fan at high Diesel engine RPM / bar 220 1 P
Prop. solenoid valve current less
Diesel engine
Adjustment - pedals S
C
Gas pedal angle sensor U
L
Inching pedal angle sensor I
Travel hydraulic
Replenishing pressure
1
At high idle RPM bar 31 3 G
= Blocked Machine
Working hydraulic
Control valve block
5
Secondary pressure relief valve, lift bar 380 3 P
Secondary pressure rel. valve, tilt in bar 380 5 4 P
5
Secondary pressure rel. valve, tilt out bar 380 6 P
5
Primary pressure relief valve bar 360 5 P
Stabilization module
20
Shut off pressure (LFD turned off) bar 120 MX
Accumulator
After 9 braking actions bar > 50 M4 / M5
Remarks: Signature:
1000 Bh.
2000 Bh.
Adjust. Value Value
Adjust. Test
Check / Adjustment Unit values
before after
point point
adjust. adjust.
Operating temperature
58
5
Operating temperature C
(Temperature sensor hydraulic oil)
Cooling system
Cooling System (fan control)
165
5
Fan at high Diesel engine RPM / bar P
Sensor unplugged
220
10
Fan at high Diesel engine RPM / bar 1 P
Prop. solenoid valve current less
Diesel engine
Adjustment - pedals S
C
Gas pedal angle sensor U
L
Inching pedal angle sensor I
= Blocked Machine
Working hydraulic
Control valve block
420
5
Secondary pressure relief valve, lift bar 3 P
Secondary pressure rel. valve, tilt in bar 5 4 P
400
400
5
Secondary pressure rel. valve, tilt out bar 6 P
5
Primary pressure relief valve bar 380 5 P
Stabilization module
120
20
Shut off pressure (LFD turned off) bar MX
Accumulator
After 9 braking actions bar > 50 M4 / M5
Remarks: Signature:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.3-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.4-1 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
3.4-2 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.4-3 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.4-4 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.4-5 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 1565
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171;
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.4-6 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.4-7 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.4-8 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Visual contact
Danger
There is a risk of accidents for maintenance personnel.
The presence of unauthorised persons on the machine can place the
maintenance personnel in extreme danger.
! Never enter a dangerous area of the machine without making your pre-
sence known.
Make sure you can be clearly seen before entering one of the machine's
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
danger areas.
Wheel wedges Secure the machine against rolling away with wheel wedges.
Maintenance positions
The maintenance position depends on the maintenance task to be performed.
The two basic maintenance positions 1 and 2 are described below.
They enable you to access the individual maintenance points.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-1 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Maintenance position 1 To move the machine into maintenance position 1 proceed as follows.
Maintenance position 1
Park the machine on level ground.
Lower the lift arms.
Set the bucket down flat on the ground.
Engage the parking brake.
Turn off the diesel engine.
Take out the ignition key.
Maintenance position 2 To move the machine into maintenance position 2 proceed as follows.
Maintenance position 2
Park the machine on level ground.
Engage the articulation lock.
Lower the lift arms.
Tilt the bucket out and set it down on the ground on its teeth or
cutting edge.
Engage the parking brake.
Turn off the diesel engine.
Take out the ignition key.
Opening the engine Opening the service hatches, doors and hoods
compartment hatch
Open the door if you need to access the following units or components:
Hydraulic pumps
Hydraulic tank
Hydraulic tank shut-off valve
Air filter
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Warning
There is a risk of injury if the engine compartment door falls shut.
! Check that the gas-filled springs securely hold the hood fully open.
Open the lock with the ignition key.
Completely open the hatch 1 using the handle 2.
Two gas-filled springs 3 hold the opened hatch in this position.
Opening the engine When the hood is open, you can access the following units:
compartment hatch Diesel engine
Pump distributor gear
Cooling system
Hydraulic tank
Warning
Engine parts which are in motion can cause injury.
Rotating or moving engine parts, such as the fan blades or V-belts, can
cause injury.
! Only open the engine compartment hood when the engine is shut down.
Pull the cable 1 for unlocking the engine compartment hood until the lock
is open.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-3 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Turn the securing pipe 2 in the direction of the arrow (position shown).
The gas-filled spring 1 is now blocked.
The engine compartment hood cannot be opened.
Warning
There is a risk of injuries if the hood falls shut.
! Check that the gas-filled springs securely hold the hood fully open.
Check the function.
Open the hydraulic tank over 5 as required.
Unlock the cover and open it.
Opening the engine When the hood is open, you can access the cooling system.
compartment hatch Make sure that the cab door is closed.
When opening or closing the hood, climb onto the machine via the cab
access, making sure that you have secure footing.
Warning
There is a risk of injuries if the hood falls shut.
! Check that gas-filled spring holds it completely open.
Check the function.
3.5-4 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the electrical system.
! Do not turn off the battery main switch while the engine is running.
Danger
There is a risk of accidents for maintenance personnel.
If unauthorised people are on the machine it can put the maintenance
personnel in extreme danger.
! For safety reasons, it is essential that the battery main switch is turned off.
! Pull out the key for safety reasons.
Turn off the battery main switch 1 by turning the key 2 to the 0 position.
3.5.2 Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the machine
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 1.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Note
To ensure safe machine transport and easy maintenance: Clean the
machine after everyday work and before starting maintenance tasks.
! Remove any loose parts, coarse dirt, mud, ice, snow etc.
Be careful when cleaning the machine with a high-pressure cleaner. See
the section on cleaning the machine.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-5 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Before starting up the machine, check for external damage which might
impair safe operation.
Repair any damage with safety implications immediately.
Procedure
Check that all bolts and screws are tight.
Tighten any loose screws or bolts with the required tightening torque.
Procedure
Check the entire hydraulic system for leaks.
Replace any damaged hydraulic seals.
Tighten any loose hydraulic couplings.
See also the section on safe maintenance of hydraulic hoses and
hose lines.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Diesel engine
Pull out the dipstick 1, wipe it clean, and re-insert it.
Pull out the dipstick once again and read off the oil level.
The oil level must be between the MIN and MAX markings.
3.5-6 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Diesel engine
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Pour the new oil into the filler neck 2 to between the MIN and MAX
markings on the dipstick 1.
Clean the filler cap, place it on the filler neck 2 and tighten it.
Start the engine and check the oil pressure.
Turn off the engine and after 1 or 2 minutes and check the oil level on
the dipstick.
Top up with oil if necessary.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-7 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Note
Protect the V-ribbed-belt against emerging oil when changing the oil
filter cartridge.
! After changing the oil filter, remove all traces of oil on the diesel engine,
also behind the vibration damper so that this is not diagnosed as a leak
in the leakage in the radial shaft seal at a later stage.
Release the filter cartridges 1 with a strap wrench and unscrew them.
Clean the seals on the filter bracket.
Lightly coat the rubber gaskets on the new oil filter cartridges with
engine oil.
Screw on the new oil filter cartridge until the sealing ring touches the
filter bracket.
When the sealing ring touches the filter bracket:
Tighten the oil filter cartridge by a half to three-quarter turn. (Do not use a
tool for tightening).
Start the diesel engine:
Check the oil pressure in the engine oil pressure display (see
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
display unit).
Shut down the diesel engine:
Check the seals on the oil filters and the oil level.
After 2 to 3 minutes, check the oil level on the dipstick.
3.5-8 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Note
When changing the belt, make sure the deflector roller 2, 4 and the tensio-
ning roller 5 move freely. If the tensioning roller or
! deflector roller is defective, replace it.
You have the special cranking device, a feeler gauge and cylinder head
seals ready.
Cylinder valves
A Outlet valve E Inlet valve
3.5-10 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Push a feeler gauge between the valve and the rocker arm and check the
valve play.
Valve play
Inlet valve (cold) 0.30 mm
Outlet valve (cold) 0.40 mm
If it is not correct:
Loosen the nut on the adjusting bolt for the rocker arm and adjust it.
Tighten the counter nut to 40 Nm.
Check the adjustment again.
After checking and adjusting all the valves, put on the cylinder head
covers with new seals.
Remove the cranking device.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-11 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Oil separator
Carefully clean the oil separator and the area around it.
Unscrew the oil separator cap and take it off, using a screwdriver
if necessary.
3.5-12 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Check that the bearings are properly seated and undamaged.
If you find damaged bearings:
do not start the engine, replace all the bearings
Procedure
Check that all the sensors and cable connections are properly seated
and in good condition.
Check that none of the cables and wiring harnesses are damaged, rub or
not properly fastened.
If you find any damaged cables, wiring harnesses or sensors:
Do not start the engine until you have replaced the defective parts.
Procedure
Danger
There is a risk of fire and explosions.
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
Place a receptacle under the fuel pre-filter.
Carefully clean the fuel pre-filter and the area around it.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-13 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Danger
There is a risk of fire and explosions.
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
Lubricate the sealing ring 2 of the new filter cartridge with clean fuel.
Fill the filter cartridge and screw it on until the sealing ring lies on the
filter head.
Tighten the filter cartridge 1/2 a revolution by hand with a filter wrench.
Bleed the fuel system.
See the section on bleeding the fuel system.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-15 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Danger
There is a risk of fire and explosions.
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
3.5-16 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Continue to activate the hand pump until you feel strong resistance.
Bleeding the fuel filter with the engine bleeding function
It is necessary when the fuel tank has run completely empty.
When the fuel tank is empty there is air in the fuel system.
You can remove some of the air from the fuel system by bleeding the
fuel filter.
You can bleed the air between the injection pump and the injection nozzle
by activating engine bleeding mode.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-17 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Danger
There is a risk of fire and explosions.
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
Bleed the fuel filter:
See the section on bleeding the fuel filter.
Activate the engine bleeding function.
Activation sequence:
Turn the ignition on
With the engine not running, press the button for 10 seconds.
All 3 LEDs on the button light up when the engine bleeding function is
activated.
Turn the ignition key to position II and keep it in there until the
engine starts.
Do not hold the key in the starting position for more than
20 seconds at a time.
The ECU ends the engine bleeding function automatically as soon as the
engine starts again.
If the engine does not start:
Wait a minute and repeat the procedure.
In the meantime, continue to operate the hand pump until you feel
strong resistance.
3.5.20 Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel tank
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 1.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Unscrew the sealing cap 1 on the drain valve 2 on the bottom of the
diesel tank.
Screw the drain hose 3 onto the drain valve 2.
Drain the condensation and sediment into a suitable receptacle until
clean fuel begins to flow.
Unscrew the oil drain hose.
Screw the cap 1 onto the drain valve 2 and tighten it.
3.5-18 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.21 Cleaning the air filter service cap and dust extraction valve
Note
If the valve is damaged, the dust extraction function is impaired and the
filters become clogged more quickly.
! With the engine running at lower idle speed, you should clearly feel air
pulsating at the dust extraction valve.
Press the rubber seal on the dust extraction valve 5 several times to
remove the dust from the service cap 3.
When working in dusty conditions, check and empty the dust extraction
valve 5 more often.
If the dust extraction valve is damaged or stays open:
Replace the dust extraction valve.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-19 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
3.5.23 Changing the air filter primary element when indicated by the
vacuum switch
The primary element 2 should be replaced when the air filter contamination
symbol field on the display unit lights up.
If the air filter contamination symbol field remains lit after the primary
element 2 has been serviced then the secondary element 1 must also
be replaced.
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The engine compartment hood is open.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Air filter
1 Secondary element 4 Fixing clips
2 Primary element 5 Dust extraction valve
3 Service cap 6 Air filter housing
Open the fixing clips 4 on the service cap 3 and take the cap off.
Remove the primary element 2. To do this pull or turn the element gently
upwards, downwards or to the side in order to release the seal.
3.5-20 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Ensure that all dirt is removed from the filter housing before inserting a
new filter element.
The secondary element 1 should be replaced every third time the primary
element 2 is replaced.
Lightly oil the seal surfaces before installing the filter elements (for the
primary element 2 this is on the inside, for the secondary element 1 on
the outside). Re-insert filter elements 1 and 2 and make sure that they
are correctly fitted.
Clean the service cap 3 and put it on the filter housing with the dust
extraction valve 5 facing down.
Only when the lid completely covers the filter housing can you close the
fixing clips without excessive force.
Close the fixing clips 4.
Procedure
Air filter
1 Secondary element 4 Fixing clips
2 Primary element 5 Dust extraction valve
3 Service cap 6 Air filter housing
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Open the fixing clips 4 on the service cap 3 and take the cap off.
Remove the secondary element 1.
To loosen the seal: Pull or twist the element slightly up, down
or sideways.
Ensure that all dirt is removed from the filter housing before inserting a
new or cleaned filter element.
Lightly oil the seal surfaces before installing the filter elements (for the
secondary element 1 this is the outside).
Re-insert the filter elements 1 make sure that it is correctly fitted.
Clean the service cap 3 and put it on the filter housing with the dust
extraction valve 5 facing down.
Only when the lid completely covers the filter housing can you close the
fixing clips without excessive force.
Close the fixing clips 4.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-21 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.25 Checking the air intake hoses for leaks and tight fitting
Procedure
Caution
A damaged or leaky air hose will damage the engine.
! Check the air hose for cracks or pitting.
Take the service cap off the air filter housing, then take the primary and
secondary elements out of the air filter housing.
Check the air hose all the way round for cracks and pitting. Use a torch
to light up the hose.
Check the clip fastenings on the air intake hose.
If you find cracks or pitting on the hose:
Replace the hose.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5.26 Checking the exhaust lines for leaks and tight fitting
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The engine compartment hood is open.
3.5-22 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Check that the fixing screws 1 and clip 3 on the exhaust pipe between
the turbocharger and the silencer are tightly fastened and do not leak.
Check that the flexible pipe 2 of the exhaust pipe is laid straight.
Check that the spacer 3 is tight.
Check that the fastening clip 6 of the tail pipe 7 is tight.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-23 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
The oil level must be between the MIN and MAX markings.
If the oil level is too low:
Remove the sealing cap from the oil filling tube 2 and top up with oil.
For the oil quality, see the section on lubricants and fuels.
Clean the sealing cap for the oil filling tube 2, put it on the oil filling tube
2 on the splitter box, and then tighten it up.
Procedure
Pull out the dipstick 3 slightly (to read off the oil level more easily).
Unscrew the sealing cap on the oil drain valve 5 and screw the drain
hose onto the oil drain valve 5.
Drain the oil into the receptacle.
Unscrew the drain hose from the oil drain valve 5 and screw on the
sealing cap.
Unscrew the sealing cap from the oil filling tube 2 and top up with
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
fresh oil.
Clean the sealing cap 2, screw it on and tighten it.
Check the oil level on the dipstick 3.
The oil level must be up to the MAX mark.
3.5.29 Checking the soot particle filter pressure monitor for function,
leaks and blockages
This equipment is optional.
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The engine compartment hood is open.
3.5-24 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Unscrew the counterpressure line from the DPX particle filter at position 3
and blow air into it with a compressed air gun.
There must be sufficient distance to the entrance of the counterpressure
line, so that the counterpressure of 150 mbar or 200 mbar is only
slightly exceeded.
Caution
First adjust the air pressure down to no more than 0.5 bar, as otherwise the
electronic counterpressure monitor will be irreparably damaged.
Check the electronic counterpressure monitor while blowing in air.
Procedure
The condensate separator is mounted on the rear left in the engine
compartment.
Main components
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-25 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Note
The condensate separator should be completely replaced after 1000 opera-
ting hours.
! This must be done when cleaning the filter (every 1000 operating hours
as prescribed).
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5-26 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Release the hose connections of the counterpressure line of the
condensate separator 1.
Unscrew the condensate separator 1 from the fuse panel 3.
Screw the new condensate separator 1 into the fuse panel 3 and fasten
the two hose connections back onto the condensate separator.
Caution
Running at full load makes the filter housing very hot!
! When removing and cleaning it, always wear gloves, a dust mask
and goggles.
Caution
Protect the filter module from external contamination.
- Never clean the filter module with steam or cleaning agents.
- Use non-oiled compressed air for cleaning.
Clean the outlet side of the filter with compressed air and a vacuum
cleaning system. Aim the air jet at each channel of the outlet side, until
you cannot see any more particles.
Install the filter module again.
Note
If the machine has been idling too long to regenerate the particle filter, the
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-27 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Caution
There is a danger of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
! Only open the cap on the filler neck once the engine has cooled down.
! Check the coolant temperature.
See the coolant temperature on the display unit.
The coolant temperature should be in the bottom third of the display.
Carefully open the sealing cap on the filler neck 1.
Take a sample of the coolant and check the antifreeze concentration
using the test tool.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5-28 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Caution
There is a risk of damage to the diesel engine.
Too much antifreeze and corrosion protection agent impairs the cooling effect.
This eventually causes damage to the diesel engine.
! Never use more than 60% antifreeze and corrosion protection agent.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-29 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
1 Amount of pure antifreeze to be 3 Help line(s) example -15 C 5 Total capacity of cooling
added in litres 4 Measured coolant freezing point system in litres (example
2 Identified line - top-up quantity in C 25 litres)
Example procedure
Assumption:
25 litres total filling quantity of the cooling system
-15 C coolant temperature, measured in the cooling system
In the diagram, go to the line showing the overall cooling system filling
quantity 5 at 25 litres, and move vertically upwards.
Carry on along the help line 3, starting from the temperature -15 C, and
move diagonally to the bottom left.
Finally, starting from the point where the lines cross, go horizontally along
the (identified) line 2 to the far left.
3.5-30 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
This gives you the topping up quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion
protection agent 1 (7.6 litres in this example) to be added in order to achieve
protection down to -37 C.
To restore the correct mixing ratio, you must drain off at least the pre-
viously calculated quantity (the top-up quantity) from the cooling system.
Top up with the correct quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion pro-
tection agent.
The coolant previously drained off can be used if necessary to restore the
required coolant level.
Caution
There is a danger of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
Only open the cap on the filler neck once the engine has cooled down.
! Check the coolant temperature.
See the coolant temperature on the display unit.
The coolant temperature display should be in the bottom third of
the display.
Carefully open the sealing cap on the filler neck.
Check the antifreeze concentration with a 2710 refractometer from the
GEFO company.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-31 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5-32 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Cooling system
Swing out the condenser 1.
Swing out the fuel cooler 2.
Caution
Risk of damage to the cooling system
Careless handling can damage the cooler fins.
! Do not use hard objects or excessive water pressure for cleaning.
Clean the cooler units with compressed air, steam or water.
Close the condenser 1 again.
Close the fuel cooler 2 again.
Close any cab doors which are open.
Close the cooling system hood(s) (left/right) again.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-33 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Cooling system
1 Filler neck 4 Diesel engine drain plug
2 Coolant equalizing reservoir 5 Cooler drain valve
3 Coolant level sensor
Caution
There is a danger of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
Only open the cap on the filler neck once the engine has cooled down.
! Check the coolant temperature.
See the coolant temperature on the display unit.
The coolant temperature should be in the bottom third of the display.
Open the sealing cap on the filler neck 1.
Unscrew the sealing cap on the cooler drain valve 5 and unscrew the
drain hose. Drain the coolant into the receptacle.
Take off the drain hose, screw the sealing cap onto the cooler drain valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5-34 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Hydraulic tank
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-35 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
The red maximum oil level marking shows the correct oil level.
Check the oil level in the sight glass 1.
If the oil level is too low:
Top up with hydraulic oil.
Connect the plug 3 to the bleeder filter (to protect against vandalism).
The anti-twist lock of the bleeder filter is released.
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 2 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
Note
The hydraulic oil may only be poured in through the return strainer.
! For oil specifications, see the section on lubricants and fuels.
Open the cover 1 of the return strainer.
Top up with hydraulic oil up to the oil level marking 4.
Put the cover 1 on the housing and tighten it up.
Screw on the bleeder filter 2 tightly and remove the connector 3 (keep it
somewhere safe).
3.5.37 Draining off condensate and sediment from the hydraulic tank
Make sure that:
The machine has not been used for at least 3 hours.
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The engine compartment door is open.
You have a receptacle ready for water and oil.
Procedure
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 1 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5.38 Changing the oil in the hydraulic tank and checking the return
strainer
Make sure that:
The machine is at operating temperature.
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The engine compartment hood and door are open.
You have a receptacle of around 200 l capacity for the used oil.
3.5-36 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 1 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
Unscrew the plug 2 from the drain valve.
Connect the drain hose 3 and let the oil flow into the receptacle.
Take off the drain hose and screw the plug into the drain valve.
Open the cover 4 of the return strainer.
Take the snap ring 5 off the return strainer.
Take out the return strainer 6 and check it for dirt (clean it if necessary).
Note
Serious contamination or large metal fragments in the return strainer may
indicate damage to the hydraulic system.
! In this event, locate the problem and rectify it.
The hydraulic oil may only be poured in through the return strainer.
Top up with hydraulic oil up to the oil level marking 3.
Put the cover 2 on the housing and tighten it up.
Screw in the bleeder filter 1.
Start the diesel engine and let it run briefly at low idling speed.
Turn off the diesel engine and then check the oil level in the sight glass,
topping up if necessary.
3.5.39 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The engine compartment hood is open.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Connect the plug 4 to the bleeder filter (to protect against vandalism).
The anti-twist lock of the bleeder filter is released.
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 3 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
Unscrew the plug 2.
The oil level sinks.
Release the bolts on the lid and slowly lift the lid with the magnetic rod 1.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-37 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Note
Serious contamination or large metal fragments on the magnetic rod may
indicate damage to the hydraulic system.
! In this event, locate the problem and rectify it.
Carefully clean the magnetic rod 1.
After cleaning:
Place the O-ring and cover with the magnetic rod on the housing.
Tighten the screws on the cover.
Screw in the plug 2.
Screw on the bleeder filter 4 tightly and remove the connector 3 (keep it
somewhere safe).
Procedure
Release the tank pre-pressure: Unscrew the bleeder filter 1 on the
hydraulic tank by two turns.
Unscrew the plug 2 (the oil level sinks).
Release the bolts on the lid 3 and slowly lift the lid with the magnetic rod.
Take out the filter element 4.
Put in a new filter element.
Carefully clean the magnetic rod.
Place the O-ring and cover with the magnetic rod on the housing and
tighten the screws on the cover.
Screw in the plug 2.
Screw in the bleeder filter 1.
Note
Serious contamination or large metal fragments in the filter element or on
the magnetic rod may indicate damage to the hydraulic system.
! In this event, locate the problem and rectify it.
Procedure
3.5-38 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
You cannot clean the bleeder filter. The bleeder filter 1 and its plastic
housing must be changed at the intervals in the maintenance schedule.
Connect the plug 2 to the bleeder filter (to protect against vandalism).
The anti-twist lock of the bleeder filter is released.
Unscrew the old bleeder filter.
Screw in the new bleeder filter and remove the connector 2 (keep it
somewhere safe).
Procedure
Take the rubber sleeve 5 of the control lever off the retaining plate 4.
Move the control lever in the appropriate direction for better access.
Clean the retaining solenoids 1 with a brush.
Lubricate the universal joints 2 and the discs 3 with a brush.
Start the machine and check the retaining function of the solenoids.
Fit the rubber sleeve of the control lever on the retaining plate.
Procedure
Warning
Beware of accidents
! Do not allow anyone into the danger area while these tests are
being conducted.
! Perform the test on level ground with no obstacles.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-39 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Warning
Beware of running over bystanders or obstacles.
! Do not allow anyone into the danger area while these tests are
being conducted.
! Perform the test on level ground with no obstacles.
3.5-40 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.46 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake linings
Friction can change the gap X1 and X2 and the thickness of the brake lining.
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 2.
Procedure
Warning
There is a risk of injuries due to machine rolling away.
! Make sure that the machine is secured against rolling away when carry-
ing out work on the parking brake.
Secure the machine against rolling away with wheel wedges.
Loosen the counter nut 6 and adjust the gap X1 to 0.3 mm using an allen
key 7.
Tighten the counter nut 6.
Unscrew the sealing cap 2 and loosen the lock nut 1.
Use the adjusting screw 3 to set the gap X2 to 0.3 mm.
Tighten the lock nut 1.
Engage the parking brake several times and test it again.
Screw on the sealing cap 2 and tighten it.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-41 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5-42 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
The batteries are housed in the right ballast weight and can be accessed by
opening the covers.
The batteries must always be in perfect condition in order for the machine to
work reliably.
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The battery main switch is switched off and the main switch key is
taken out.
The covers on the ballast are bolted on.
Warning
Batteries give off explosive gases. Battery acid is highly corrosive.
! Do not smoke. Avoid naked flames when handling, servicing or rechar-
ging batteries.
Caution
Beware of sparks and explosions!
! Use a special terminal brush.
Wipe the battery with a clean cloth.
Clean the terminals and the connectors.
To guarantee a good connection, check that the connectors are tight on
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-43 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Check the oil level with the engine running and at a gear oil temperature of
2010 C.
Start the engine and let it run at low idling speed.
Check the oil level in the sight glasses 3 and 4.
The oil level must be within the bottom sight glass 4.
If the oil level is too low:
Switch off the engine and top up with the required amount of gear oil. For
the oil quality, see the section gear lubricants in the lubricants and
fuels section.
Repeat the check.
If the oil level is too high:
Have LIEBHERR CUSTOMER SERVICE identify the problem and
rectify it.
Procedure
Open the cap on the filler neck.
Open the plug 1 on the gearbox and drain the oil into a suita-
ble receptacle.
Then screw the plug 1 in again.
Top up gear oil the filler neck of the plug 2.
Replace the gear oil filter as described in the separate instructions.
Check the oil level in the transmission and top it up if necessary (see the
section on checking the oil level in the transmission).
Procedure
Start the engine. Turn and steer the machine to the left as far as it
will go.
Turn off the diesel engine.
Release the filter cartridge with a strap wrench and unscrew it.
Clean the seals on the filter bracket.
Lightly coat the rubber seal ring on the new oil filter cartridge with
gear oil.
Screw the new filter cartridge onto the filter bracket and tighten it
by hand.
3.5-44 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Check the oil level in the transmission and top it up if necessary (see the
section on checking the oil level in the transmission).
Check the oil filter for leaks.
3.5.52 Checking the tightness of the wheels (once after 50, 100
and 250 h)
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
A torque wrench with a measuring range of over 650 Nm is available.
Procedure
Note
Check the tightness of the wheels according to the specified intervals.
! This one-off maintenance task scheduled for 50, 100 and 250 service
hours must be performed every time the wheels are changed.
Check that the nuts on all four wheels have been tightened with the
required torque of 750 Nm.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Open the plug 4 and check the oil level in the axle.
If the oil level is too low:
Top up with the axle oil prescribed in the section on lubricants and fuels.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-45 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Open the plug 1 and check the oil level in the axle.
If the oil level is too low:
Top up with the axle oil prescribed in the section on lubricants and fuels.
Draining oil
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Caution
Running the engine makes the gear oil very hot!
! Always wear suitable gloves and goggles.
Open the plugs 2 and 4.
Open the plugs 1 and 3 on the wheel hubs and drain the oil into
a receptacle.
Close the plugs 1 and 3 again.
3.5-46 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Topping up oil
The wheel hubs and the differential have a common oil system. This means
the oil can flow back and forth between the differential and the wheel hubs.
Top up oil at the filling inlet 2 up to the plug 4.
Check the oil level at the plug 4 and top up if necessary.
Close the plugs 2 and 4 again.
Draining oil
Caution
Running the engine makes the gear oil very hot!
! Always wear suitable gloves and goggles.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-47 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Topping up oil
The wheel hubs and the differential have a common oil system. This means
the oil can flow back and forth between the differential and the wheel hubs.
Top up oil at the filling inlet 1.
Check the oil level at the filling inlet 1 and top up if necessary.
Close the plug 1 again.
Procedure
Lubricate at the grease fitting 1 on the front and rear axles.
If necessary, such as when operating the machine in water, lubricate
every day.
Procedure
Lubricate the drive shaft at both universal joints.
Check the play of the drive shaft in the bearings.
Check the rubber sleeve for leaks and damage.
Procedure
Lubricate the drive shaft at both universal joints.
Check the play of the drive shaft in the bearings.
3.5-48 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.60 Testing and setting the tyre pressure for the machine's use
and attachments
Make sure the air pressure in the tyres on both axles is correct for the tyre
type, the way the machine is used and the working attachments fitted.
The reference values can be found in the operating manual, in the technical
data section.
Procedure
The air pressure in the tyres has a significant influence on the overall
operating performance of the machine.
Warning
Exploding tyres can cause serious injury.
If the tyre inflation equipment is incorrectly or carelessly used or if the tyre
pressure is too high, the tyres may burst or the rims may come off, causing
severe, or possibly even fatal injuries.
! Use a sufficiently long hose with a self-locking adapter for pumping
the tyres.
! Always keep outside the danger zone when tyres are being pumped up.
Check the air pressure in all the tyres and correct it if necessary.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-49 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Lubricating points on the rear oscillating bearing, right central lubrication rail
1 Rear axle oscillating bearing 2 Front axle oscillating bearing
Lubricate the lubricating points on the rear axle oscillating bearing.
Procedure
It the grease in the reservoir container is too low, all 3 LEDs on the central
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the system.
! Pay attention to cleanliness when filling.
If necessary, fill the reservoir via the filling coupling 1 (fast filling) or the
grease fitting 2.
Grease specifications: See the lubricants and fuels listed in chapter 5.
3.5-50 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Visually examine the hose lines for defects.
In case of any defects, locate and rectify the problem.
Procedure
Visually examine whether metered quantities are adequate at the
bearing points.
If the bearing points are not sufficiently lubricated, locate the problem and
rectify it.
Regularly check the grease quantity in the reservoir.
See the section on checking the lubrication system grease reservoir level,
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-51 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Recirculation filter
1 Door 3 Recirculation filter
2 Pin
Remove the pin 2.
Open the door 1.
Take out the recirculated air filter 3 and clean it (blow it out) or replace it.
Put in a clean or new filter.
Close the door again.
3.5-52 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Recirculation filter
1 Door 3 Recirculation filter
2 Pin
Remove the pin 2.
Open the door 1.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-53 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.70 Checking the bucket bearing seals and the bearing bushings
on the lift arms
Checking the bucket bearing seal
The bucket bearing seal 3 prevents dirt from entering the bearing, thus
increasing the lifetime of the bearing bushings.
Depending on the type of application, wear occurs on the sealing lips 5 and
on the dirt guard 6. If the bucket bearing seal 3 is in any way damaged or
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-55 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5-56 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Move the lift arms and the bucket to the position shown.
Gently and rapidly tilt the bucket in and out, and check the bearing points
for noise and play.
If there is significant play at the bearing points or loud noise:
Replace the bearing bushings as described in section 17.2.4.
Dimensions
Description Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Unit
Dimensions L550 - L580 0 32 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
If there are deviations from the table above, contact LIEBHERR customer
service about corrective action.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.5-57 o f 5 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Dimensions
If there are deviations from the table above, contact LIEBHERR customer
service about corrective action.
Procedure
The operation of the quick-change device can vary according to the version
or the type of machine.
To check that it is working properly:
Unlock the quick-change device and lock it again.
This prevents the locking pins from jamming and preventing the quick-
change device from being released.
To make sure, check:
That the quick-change device is properly locked again.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5-58 o f 5 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Special tools
Number Description ID no.
1 USB dongle for SCULI 1033 3608
1 Data lead for SCULI 1003 5410
2 Manometer, 0 - 40 bar, class 1.0 7361 288
2 Manometer, 0 - 600 bar, class 1.0 5002 866
2 4000 mm test leads 7009 134
2 1500 mm test leads 7002 475
Visual contact
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-1 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
Procedure
Insert a piece of card or similar material between the fuel cooler 1 and the
hydraulic oil cooler 2.
Connect your laptop, start the engine and run the SCULI program.
In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Adjustment
Block Curve folder.
The cooling system - temperature hydraulic oil variable shows the
hydraulic oil temperature during the adjustment.
58.1
3.6-2 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.5 Check the fan motor and fan control pressure relief valve
Make the following checks on the fan motor:
These tests must be performed at upper engine speed.
Test the fan according to the temperature (temperature sensor 1 or
2 disconnected).
Test the pressure relief valve 7 on the fan motor 5 (with the plug on the
proportional valve disconnected).
1 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor 4 Fan gear pump 7 Fan proportional valve
2 Coolant temperature sensor 5 Fan gear motor 8 Fan proportional solenoid
3 Fan pressure test connection 6 Fan proportional valve cap 9 Proportional solenoid connector
You can check the fan using the system pressure, measured at the test
connection 3 of the gear pump 4.
Make sure that:
The hydraulic oil temperature is less than 88 C.
The coolant temperature is below 97 C.
If the hydraulic temperature is over 88 C or the coolant temperature is
above 97 C, the fan speeds up. This makes it impossible to test the
fan control.
ture range.
Connect a manometer (250 bar) to the test connection 3 on the gear
pump 4.
Disconnect the hydraulic oil temperature sensor 1 or coolant temperature
sensor 2.
Start the engine and bring it to top idle speed.
Check whether the pressure is correct at top engine idle speed.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Fan pressure 11010 bar
Fan speed 1650 min-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-3 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Fan pressure 17510 bar
Fan speed 1400 min-1
If it is not correct:
Check the fan motor pressure relief valve.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Fan pressure 22010 bar
Fan speed approx. 2050 min-1
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Fan pressure 22010 bar
Fan speed approx. 1600 min-1
Plug in the disconnected plug again.
Procedure
Connect your laptop, turn on the start switch and run the SCULI program.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/19/03/2007
3.6-4 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Procedure
Connect a manometer (40 bar) to the test connection G.
Start the machine and let the engine run at top idling speed.
Check that the replenishing pressure is correct.
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the replenishing pressure relief valve 1 until
the replenishing pressure is correct.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Replenishing pressure 311 bar
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Replenishing pressure 341 bar
pump from pressure peaks. These can occur when braking the machine.
When a pressure peak occurs, oil flows from the high pressure side via
the pressure relief and replenishing valve to the low pressure side in a
closed circuit.
Procedure
To attain the set value for the pressure relief and replenishing valves, the
pressure cut-off must be set to a higher value.
Screw in the adjusting screw 1 on the pressure cut-off by one turn.
Connect a manometer (600 bar) to the test connections MA and MB.
Use SCULI to set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable to 1 the
inching function is disabled.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-5 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
Check the pressure relief and replenishing valve 2 for forward travel on the
manometer MA.
Check the pressure relief and replenishing valve 3 for reverse travel on the
manometer MB.
Select fixed gear 2 and forward or reverse travel, and hold the machine in
the blocked condition using the service brake.
Caution
Heat is quickly generated when you test the pressure relief and replenish-
ing valves.
Excessive heat can irreparably damage the pump.
! Only test the pressure relief and replenishing valves for a short time.
In the blocked condition, increase the engine speed to the maximum.
Check that the high pressure at the two pressure relief and replenishing
valves is correct.
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the pressure relief and replenishing valve
until the high pressure is correct.
Loosen the adjusting screw 1 on the pressure cut-off by one turn and
check the pressure cut-off.
Use SCULI to set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable back to 0
the inching function is enabled.
Procedure
Connect a manometer (600 bar) to the test connection MA.
Use SCULI to set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable to 1 the
inching function is disabled.
Select fixed gear 2 and forward travel, and hold the machine in the
blocked condition using the service brake.
In the blocked condition, increase the engine speed to the maximum.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.6-6 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Procedure
Connect a manometer (600 bar) to the test connection MA.
Connect your laptop, start the engine and run the SCULI program.
In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Adjustment
Block Curve folder.
Set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable to 1 the inching function is
disabled.
Select fixed gear 2 and forward travel, and hold the machine in the
blocked condition using the service brake.
Increase the engine speed to the levels shown in the table (930 min-1,
1200 min-1, 1400 min-1) and test the high pressure.
If it is not correct:
Adjust the parameter Travel pump - current at 930, 1200, 1400 rpm
until the set value is reached.
Set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable back to 0 the inching
function is enabled.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
-1
High pressure at 930 min engine speed 5010 bar
High pressure at 1200 min-1 engine speed 29010 bar
High pressure at 1400 min-1 engine speed 35010 bar
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-7 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
In the blocked condition, slowly increase the engine speed until the
manometer MA shows exactly 300 bar.
Lower the current at Travel motor - motor 1 maximal current until the
manometer at M1 shows 155 bar less than manometer MA.
When the manometers MA and M1 show the correct levels, increase the
current at Travel motor - motor 1 maximal current by 10 mA.
Adjusting variable displacement motor 2:
In the blocked condition, slowly increase the engine speed until the
manometer MA shows exactly 300 bar.
Lower the current at Travel motor - motor 2 maximal current until the
manometer at M1 shows 155 bar less than manometer MA.
When the manometers MA and M2 show the correct levels, increase the
current at Travel motor - motor 2 maximal current by 10 mA.
3.6-8 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Note: The current for both motors must be in the range of 60030 mA. If there
is any deviation, correct it using the adjusting screws 1 or 2.
Set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable back to 0 the inching
function is enabled.
Repeat the automatically calibration of the variable displacement motors.
Set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable back to 0 the inching
function is enabled.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978
Description Value Unit
High pressure 30010 bar
Diesel engine speed 198030 min-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-9 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
Valid for: L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
High pressure 34010 bar
Diesel engine speed 198030 min-1
Procedure
Measure the difference in pressure between the test connections P and LS.
You can measure the differential pressure, for example by slowly raising the
lift arms.
Connect 600 bar pressure sensors to test connections P and LS.
Start the engine and let it run at low idling speed.
Slowly raise the lift arms and check whether the differential pressure
is correct.
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the flow controller 1 until the differential
pressure is correct.
Description Value Unit
Differential pressure 222 bar
Procedure
Connect a manometer (600 bar) to the variable displacement pump at
test connections M1 and P.
Start the engine, tilt the bucket all the way out and move the lift arms to
the bottom position.
At idle speed, raise the lift arms all the way and check that the start of
delivery shown on the manometer M1 is correct.
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the power controller 1 until the pressure
is correct.
3.6-10 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Caution
The pump can be irreparably damaged if you lower the lift arms. This
function has no secondary pressure relief valve.
! Do not lower the lift arms.
Start the machine and let the engine run at lower idling speed.
Raise the lift arms, tilt out the bucket and tilt in the bucket, each to the limit.
Check that the pressure at each secondary pressure relief valve is correct.
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the secondary pressure relief valve until it
is correct.
Adjust the primary pressure relief valve 3 and the LS pressure cut off 5
back to the set value. See the sections on testing the primary pressure
relief valve and LS pressure cut-off.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Tilt-in function (2) 3805 bar
Tilt-out function (4) 3805 bar
Lifting function (1) 3805 bar
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Tilt-in function (2) 4005 bar
Tilt-out function (4) 4005 bar
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-11 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description Value Unit
Primary valve (3) 3605 bar
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Primary valve (3) 3805 bar
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
LS pressure cut-off (5) 3505 bar
3.6-12 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Procedure
Caution: Perform the following actions in the correct sequence.
Put the machine and the lift arms in maintenance position 2.
The working attachment and lift arms must lie on the ground under their
own weight.
Turn off the diesel engine.
Connect a manometer (40 bar) to the test connection M4 on the
front axle.
Connect the same test line to the test connection MX.
The pressure can then be relieved through this line to the tank. This takes
around 10 minutes.
After 10 minutes, take the test line off test connection M4 and drain the
remaining fluid into a suitable receptacle.
Leave the test line connected during the testing and repair work.
After servicing, remove the test line from test connection MX.
Procedure
Connect a manometer (600 bar) to the test connection MX on the stabili-
sation module.
Start the diesel engine (with ride control deactivated).
With the engine idling, raise the lift arms to their full height and accu-
mulate pressure.
Check that the high pressure on the manometer is correct (reading the
highest value).
If it is not correct:
Find the cause and rectify the fault.
Description Value Unit
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-13 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
Procedure
Depressurise the ride control system as described in the section on
depressurising ride control and the hydro accumulators.
Take off the cap and slightly loosen the plug 2 of the hydro accumulator
using a 6 mm allen key.
Connect the charging and testing device 4 to the hydro accumulator you
want to test.
Open the valve 6 and check whether the nitrogen filling is correct.
If it is not correct:
Slowly open the valve 8 on the nitrogen bottle 9 until the pressure
is correct.
You can reduce the pressure in the hydro accumulator using the relieve
valve 5. The nitrogen escapes to the open air.
Procedure
Measure the difference in pressure between the test connections P and LS.
You can only measure the differential pressure when the flow controller is
activated. This is best done when slowly steering.
Fit a test connection between the hose line and the connection LS.
Connect 600 bar pressure sensors to test connections P and LS.
Start the engine and let it run at low idling speed.
Slowly steer the machine to the left or right and check whether the
differential pressure on the measuring device is correct.
3.6-14 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the flow controller 1 until the differential
pressure is correct.
Description Value Unit
Differential pressure 22 2 bar
Procedure
You can check the cut-off pressure of the brake accumulator charging
function using the test connection M3 on the compact brake valve.
Connect a manometer (600 bar) with a short test line to the test
connection MA.
Start the engine and let it run at low idling speed.
Push the inch/brake pedal all the way down several times.
Look at the manometer M3 to check that the correct opening pressure
is reached.
When the opening pressure is reached, the pressure on the manometer
begins to rise. The pressure then increases to the closing pressure.
Check the test connection M3 to see if the closing pressure is correct.
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw 1 on the compact brake valve until the closing
pressure is correct.
Description Value Unit
Opening pressure 1805 bar
Closing pressure 2105 bar
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-15 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
the pedal is all the way down. Remove the seal 4, loosen the counter nut
and adjust the bottom screw.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653;
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171
Description Value Unit
Brake pressure with the pedal fully 95 5 bar
pressed
Procedure
3.6-16 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Procedure
You can check the switching point of the pressure switch 1 using the test
connection M3 on the compact brake valve and the symbol field 2 on the
display unit.
Connect a manometer (600 bar) with a short test line to the test con-
nection MA.
Turn on the starter switch.
Gently push the inch/brake pedal to slowly lower the pressure in the
brake accumulators.
Check that the symbol field 2 lights up when the correct pressure is
shown on the manometer M3.
If it is not correct:
Replace the brake accumulator pressure switch 1.
Description Value Unit
Pressure switch activation point 1205 bar
3.6.27 Checking the brake light pressure switch and brake lights
This check tests the brake lights.
Procedure
Turn on the starter switch.
Slowly and gently press the inch/brake pedal and watch the brake lights
light up.
If the brake lights do not light up:
Check the brake lights; replace the brake light pressure switch 1
if necessary.
The shift pressure relief valve is inside the control valve block. You can
only adjust the shift pressure by adding or removing shims. For a
sectional view view of the control valve block, see section on electrohy-
draulic pressure modulation.
Description Value Unit
Shift pressure 20 3 bar
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 3.6-17 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Testing and adjustment tasks
Procedure
Take off the cap and slightly loosen the plug 2 of the hydro accumulator
using a 6 mm allen key.
Connect the charging and testing device 4 to the hydro accumulator.
Open the valve 6 and check whether the nitrogen filling is correct.
If it is not correct:
Slowly open the valve 8 on the nitrogen bottle 9 until the nitrogen pres-
sure is correct.
You can reduce the pressure in the hydro accumulator using the relieve
valve 5. The nitrogen escapes to the open air.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.6-18 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Environmental protection
Always implement and observe environmental protection measures.
Observe national regulations.
Ensure that liquids can be properly disposed of before draining them.
Procedure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Note
Environmental and health hazard
! Observe the local regulations for protecting the environment when dis-
posing of used materials!
Always collect and store used materials separately in suitable containers.
Dispose of used materials properly at the official collection points.
Copyright by
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 3.7-1 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubricants and fuels
Caution
Beware of damaging the machine's hydraulic system.
Mixing environmentally harmless hydraulic fluids with mineral oils produces a
vigorous reaction that can damage the hydraulic system.
! Do not mix environmentally harmless hydraulic fluids with mineral oil.
If you intend to convert the machine to environmentally-compatible
hydraulic fluid, you must first consult LIEBHERR CUSTOMER
SERVICE.
Ask LIEBHERR for the instruction sheet and conversion guidelines and
be sure to follow them.
3.7-2 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Note
In some cases, approval may be given, depending on the quality of the
diesel engine lubricating oil.
! Fuel standard ASTM D 975 does not stipulate that fuels must pass a fuel-
lubricity test. A written confirmation of the fuel supplier must be reques-
ted. The additives should be added by the supplier in his capacity as
agent responsible for fuel quality. The addition of secondary-lubricity-ad-
ditives by the customer is not recommended.
A cetane number of at least 45 is required for fuels in accordance with
ASTM D975. A cetane number above 50 is preferable, especially with
temperatures below 0C.
Diesel fuel at low temperatures Diesel fuel precipitates paraffin crystals as the temperature drops. This
(winter operation) increases flow-resistance in the fuel filter to such an extent that a sufficient
supply of fuel to the diesel engine can no longer be guaranteed.
In temperate climates, cold flow is guaranteed up to:
0 C from 15/04. to 30/09
-10 C from 01/10. to 14/11 / 1.3. - 14.04.
-20 C from 16/11 to 29/02
according to DIN EN 590.
If the cold-flow properties of the diesel fuel are insufficient or with lower
ambient temperatures than -20C, we recommend using a fuel filter heater.
Other approved diesel fuels:
Diesel fuel complying with DIN EN 590 with up to 5% vol. FAME.
Description Specification
ACEA classification (Association des E4, E5, E6, E7
Constructeurs Europens de Caution: particle filter operation is
l'Automobile) only possible with E6
API classification (American CH-4, CI-4, CJ-4 observe special oil-
Petroleum Institute) change interval
Caution: observe the reduced oil-
change interval
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 3.7-3 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubricants and fuels
Difficulty factors Various difficulty factors or more difficult operating conditions reduce mainte-
nance intervals.
Difficulty factors or difficult conditions include for example.:
frequent cold-starts
sulphur content in the fuel over 0.5%
Outside operating temperatures below -10 C
Should difficulty factors or tougher operating conditions arise, oil-change and
filter replacement must be carried out in accordance with the specifications
in the following table.
E4
E5
E6
E7
Outside Sulphur content
Interval
temperature in the fuel
Normal climate, up to 0.5% 250 h 500 h
up to -10 C over 0.5% 125 h 250 h
up to 0.5% 125 h 250 h
Below -10 C over 0.5% not 125 h
permissible
3.7-4 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Note
Emulsifiable corrosion inhibition oils may are impermissible.
! In special cases, it is permissible to use corrosion inhibitors.
Water (fresh water) Suitable water is colourless, clear, free of mechanical contamination,
drinkable tap water featuring the following restricted analysis values.
Sea water, brackish water, salt water and industrial waste water is
not suitable.
Fresh water quality
Description Value and unit
Total of alkaline earths (water hardness) 0.6 to 3.6 mmol/l (3 to 20d)
pH value at 20 C 6.5 to 8.0
Chloride-ion content max. 80 mg/l
Sulphate-ion content max. 100 mg/l
Water analyses can be applied for from the communal authorities responsible.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 3.7-5 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubricants and fuels
Company, London
BASF AG,
Glysantin G48 D
Ludwigshafen/Germany
Havoline Extendend Life
Chevron Texaco *
Antifreeze / Coolant
Havoline XLC Arteco B
Motorex Antifreeze
Bucher AG, Langenthal CH
Protect G48
Motul Inugel Optimal Ultra Motul SA, Aubervilliers Cedex F
OMV Khlerfrostschutz / OMV Refining & Marketing
A
Coolant Plus GmbH, Vienna
Do not mix products with one another!
* = global / worldwide
3.7-6 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Note
The entire amount of coolant must be drained.
! When changing from corrosion inhibitor/antifreeze to pure corrosion
inhibitor, or vice versa.
Approved water-soluble
Product designation Manufacturer Countr
corrosion inhibitors
y
(concentrates) for diesel engine
cooling systems DCA 4 Diesel Coolant Additives Fleetguard / Cummins *
Filtration
Caltex XL Corrosion Inhibitor Chevron Texaco *
Concentrate
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 3.7-7 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubricants and fuels
Specification Only engine oils (mineral oils) meeting the following specifications and
regulations are permitted.
Description Specification
API classification (American
CF-4, CG-4, CH-4
Petroleum Institute)
ACEA classification (Association des
Constructeurs Europens de E2 , E3 , E4
l'Automobile)
Note
Environmentally-compatible hydraulic fluids must be checked every 500
operating hours at regular intervals.
! LIEBHERR recommends that oil analysis is carried out by WEAR-CHECK.
3.7-8 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Oil change:
At the interval stated in the maintenance and inspection schedule.
At the interval specified by WEAR-CHECK.
Note
Do not mix environmentally-compatible hydraulic fluid from different manu-
facturers or with mineral oils.
! See also the customer service information.
Pump distributor gear and axles Gear oils must comply with the API GL-5 and MIL-L 2105 B, C or D specifi-
cations and the viscosity class SAE 90 LS *.
* = Gear oil with limited slip additives for disc brakes and self-locking
differentials.
LS = limited slip additive:
Not required for pump distributor gears
Required for axles
For the viscosity class SAE 90 LS, an oil of the viscosity class SAE 80 W 90
LS can also be used.
Transmission An ATF oil compliant with the DEXTRON II D specification should be used
as lubrication oil for the transmission.
Factory filling:
ATF 86 AVIA-FLUID DEXRON II D
Copyright by
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 3.7-9 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Maintenance Service Manual
Lubricants and fuels
Lubricant grease for automatic Greases with high-pressure additives (EP greases) are recommended.
central lubrication systems
Only use greases with the same type of saponification.
Note
Greases with solid lubricant particles such as graphite are not suitable.
! Do not use this type of grease.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.7-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
4 Diesel engine, Splitter box
4.0
Chapter contents
4 Diesel engine, Splitter box................................................... 4.1-1
4.4 Coupling..........................................................................................4.4-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Diesel engine
Design
The diesel engine is a water-cooled, four-stroke in-line engine with pump-
line-nozzle (PLD) direct injection, turbocharging and charge air cooling.
The engine is fitted lengthways in the rear section and elastically supported
on rubber elements. The flywheel end faces to the rear.
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.1-1 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Diesel engine
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-2 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Diesel engine
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 453 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.1-3 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Diesel engine
Small number of parts due to lubricant and coolant lines integrated in crankcase
Oil spray-cooled three-ring piston made of light alloy (D934S)
Oil spray-cooled three-ring piston made of monotherm steel (D934L/D936L)
Engine oil cooler
Double lube oil filter
Large, tilt-proof oil pan
5-bearing (4-cylinder) or 7-bearing (6-cylinder) steel crankshaft with forged
counterweights and diagonal cracked piston rods. Lead bronze triple
composite bearings.
4.1-4 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Diesel engine
Function description
Basic function
The diesel engine converts the chemical energy in the fuel into kinetic
energy, which it provides to the flywheel via the torsion absorber and the
pump distributor gear to the travel hydraulics, working hydraulics and
steering hydraulics pumps.
A small portion of the power is taken off at the accessory drive side of the
diesel engine to drive the gear pumps.
These are the single gear pump for the transmission shift pressure, and the
triple gear pump for the hydrostatically driven fan, the accumulator pressure
brake system and the leak oil scavenging in the variable displacement motor.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.1-5 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Diesel engine
Design
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; L566 - 460 / from 14171;
L576 - 453 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171;
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-6 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Diesel engine
Design
The speed sensors are Hall-effect sensors. Hall-effect sensors are electro-
magnetic components with a permanent magnet and a Hall element (Hall IC).
The distance between the sensor and the flywheel ring gear is fixed.
Distance a = 0.5 - 2 mm
Function description
Attention
Never measure resistance on a Hall-effect sensor.
! Malfunctions are indicated by service codes in display.
Plug assignment
1 Weight
2 Frequency signal (output voltage)
3 12 V power supply
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.1-7 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Diesel engine
Design
The speed sensor is a Hall-effect sensors. Hall-effect sensors are electro-
magnetic components with a permanent magnet and a Hall element (Hall IC).
The distance between the sensor and the flywheel ring gear is fixed.
Distance a = 0.5 - 2 mm
Function description
Attention
Never measure resistance on a Hall-effect sensor.
! Malfunctions are indicated by service codes in display.
Plug assignment
1 Weight
2 Frequency signal (output voltage)
3 12 V power supply
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-8 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Diesel engine
Fuel temperature:
Controlling the fan drive
Engine power limiting control
Power reduction
10 3 0 0 3 10 30
[%]
Design
The temperature sensor is a resistance thermometer which operates with an
NTC characteristic (semiconductor).
Function description
Basic function
The resistance in the sensor decreases as the temperature rises. The curve is not
a straight line. If the sensor is defective, a temperature of -100 C is assumed.
80
75
Temperature (C)
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60
Resistance (kOhm )
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.1-9 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Diesel engine
Design
The temperature sensor is a resistance thermometer which operates with an
NTC characteristic (semiconductor).
Function description
Basic function
The resistance in the sensor decreases as the temperature rises. The curve is not
Charge air temperature sensor a straight line. If the sensor is defective, a temperature of 100 C is assumed.
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
4.1-10 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Diesel engine
Design
The charge air pressure sensor is an absolute pressure sensor with a
membrane and an evaluation circuit. At atmospheric pressure, an absolute
pressure sensor is subject to approximately 1 bar (at sea level 1030 mbar).
1 Electrical connections
2 Evaluation circuit
3 Membrane with sensor element
4 Pressure port
5 Fixing thread
Function description
Basic function
Cross section of speed sensor The electrical resistance varies on the layers applied to the membrane as
they change shape. This deformation due to the accumulating system
pressure alters the electrical resistance and causes a change in the voltage
of the resistance bridge, which has a 5 V supply.
This voltage is in the range of 0 to 70 mV (depending on the pressure) and is
amplified in the evaluation circuit to between 0.5 and 4.5 V.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Attention
Never measure resistance on a pressure sensor.
! Malfunctions are indicated by service codes in display.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.1-11 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Diesel engine
Design
The oil pressure sensor is a relative pressure sensor with a membrane and
an evaluation circuit. At atmospheric pressure, a relative pressure sensor is
subject to 0 bar.
1 Electrical connections
2 Evaluation circuit
3 Membrane with sensor element
4 Pressure port
5 Fixing thread
Function description
Basic function
Cross section of speed sensor
The electrical resistance varies on the layers applied to the membrane as
they change shape. This deformation due to the accumulating system
pressure alters the electrical resistance and causes a change in the voltage
of the resistance bridge, which has a 5 V supply.
This voltage is in the range of 0 to 70 mV (depending on the pressure) and is
amplified in the evaluation circuit to between 0.5 and 4.5 V.
Attention
Never measure resistance on a pressure sensor.
! Malfunctions are indicated by service codes in display.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-12 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Fuel system
Design
The fuel tank is located behind the right cab access.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Fuel system
1 Tank cap 5 Intake line 8 Fuel cooler
2 Filler strainer 6 Return line 9 Drain valve
3 Fuel level sensor 7 Diesel engine 10 Fuel tank
4 Distributor port
Function description
The fuel is drawn up by the fuel pump via the intake line and fuel pre-filter (water
and dirt separator) and is delivered to the injection elements via a fine filter.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.2-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Fuel system
Design
The fuel level sensor is fitted vertically in the tank.
It is connected via a lead and plugs to the display unit.
The sensor tube contains two electrodes to transmit the fuel level in the tank.
Function description
The fuel level sensor tube 2 contains electrodes 3 which measure the fuel
level using a capacitive resistor.
The electronics in the head of the fuel level sensor 1 transmit a corresponding
voltage signal of 1 V 4 V to input module 1 A16a pin 23.
Input module 1 converts the signal to a digital signal and forwards it via the
master electronics to the fuel level display in the display unit A13.
The fuel level sensor is earthed via input module 1 pin 65.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.2-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Fuel system
Design
The fuel pre-filter acts as both a water separator and a filter. It is fitted in the
fuel intake line between the engine control unit and the fuel pump.
The intake line is connected via the engine control unit (cooler) to the fuel
tank. The outlet line is connected to the fuel pump.
The water probe in the water collector monitors the condensate in the fuel
pre-filter; if the water level is too high, it generates a service code via the
engine control unit to the display unit.
Fuel pre-filter
1 Hand pump 4 Water collector
2 Filter head 5 Drain cock
3 Filter cartridge 6 Water sensor
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.2-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Fuel system
Technical data
See section 2.1
The filter can be serviced without any tools. The filter can be removed and
replaced by hand during a service.
Design
The fuel filter is a fine filter with a water drain valve and is fitted between the
fuel pump and the injection pump.
It has a disposable filter cartridge which must be replaced each time it
is serviced.
Function description
The fuel fine filter protects the fuel system from contamination.
The diesel fuel is pumped under pressure from the fuel pump through the
filter intake into the filter insert.
The pressure of the fuel pump forces the fuel through the filter membrane.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
The filtered fuel then flows through the outlet in the filter head via the fuel
line to the injection pump.
The water in the fuel system is separated by the impregnation of the filter
insert, and then settles in the filter at the bottom.
The filter can be emptied during maintenance by opening the drain valve.
4.2-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Fuel system
Technical data
See section 2.1
The refuelling pump is mounted on the right of the rear section.
The refuelling pump is only suitable for diesel fuel.
The refuelling system is designed to assist filling the diesel fuel from the
container to the fuel tank.
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.2-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Fuel system
Function description
Refuelling system
Refuelling pump
The refuelling pump 5 is a rotary vane pump which draws in fuel via the
intake line 6 and the intake line extension 7 with suction strainer 8, from the
container 9 and pumps it through the discharge line 4 to the fuel tank 3 of
the machine.
The refuelling pump 5 can be switched on and off using the removable key 2.
The refuelling pump 5 is filled with fuel via the discharge line before it is first
used. This means it is self-priming. The diesel fuel also lubricates the
mechanical seals in the pump.
A check valve in the intake port prevents the refuelling pump 5 from running
empty. This means the pump remains self-priming.
The DC motor does not have internal thermal protection; it is designed to run
for a maximum of 15 minutes.
The external 20 amp fuse F05 (fitted in the instrument panel) protects the
pump from short-circuits and overload.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.2-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Air filter system
Function description
The engine takes in fresh air via the rain cap 3 and the air filter 5. The
filtered air is provided to the engine via the turbocharger.
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Air filter
1 Secondary element 4 Fixing clips
2 Primary element 5 Dust extraction valve
3 Service cap 6 Air filter housing
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.3-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Air filter system
Function description
Air filter unit
The primary element 2 and the secondary element 1 of the dry air filter
are designed to ensure maximum protection for the engine at very long
service intervals.
The primary element 2 with radial sealing at the filtered air connection in the
filter housing 6 is subject to scheduled and non-scheduled maintenance.
The secondary element 1 acts as a back-up if the primary element 2 is damaged.
The secondary element 1 is not a service filter. It must be replaced if necessary.
The dust extraction valve 5 automatically removes dust from the service cap 3.
The tangential arrangement of the intake port sets the air into fast rotation,
so that large dust particles are thrown by centrifugal force against the
housing and accumulate in the service cap 3 due to the air flow.
At idle speed, the accumulated dust particles in the service cap 3 are carried
outside via the dust extraction valve 5 by the vibrations in the intake air.
The service cap 3 must be fitted so that the dust extraction valve 5 points down.
With the engine running at lower idle speed, you should clearly feel air
pulsating at the dust extraction valve 5.
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
The vacuum switch 1 monitors the pressure ratio between the turbocharger
and the air filter 2.
If the filters are dirty (excessive vacuum) it activates the air contamination
symbol field on the display unit.
4.3-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Coupling
4.4 Coupling
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The coupling is an elastic torsion and vibration absorber between the
flywheel on the engine and the splitter box.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.4-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Coupling
4.4-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Coupling
Function description
Basic function
The coupling is an elastic connection which also absorbs torque peaks
between the engine and the driven splitter box.
The coupling transmits the engine torque to the splitter box.
Power transmission
The following components transmit the engine torque to the splitter box:
Flywheel 8
Fixing screws 6
Discs 4 and 5
Pressure springs 3
Hub 2
Damping
The springs 3 absorb load fluctuations and torque peaks on the engine
crankshaft. The vibrations of the crankshaft are greatly reduced as torque is
transmitted to the splitter box.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.4-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Coupling
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.4-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Splitter box
Design
The splitter box is a single-stage spur gear transmission attached to the
flywheel housing of the diesel engine.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.5-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Splitter box
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.5-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Diesel engine, Splitter box
Splitter box
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 4.5-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Diesel engine, Splitter box Service manual
Splitter box
Function description
Power transmission
The splitter box transfers and distributes the engine torque to the hydraulic
pumps for:
Travel hydraulics
Working hydraulics
Steering hydraulics
Input
The splitter box is directly driven by the flywheel of the engine via the
elastic coupling.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.5-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
5 Cooling system
5.0
5 Cooling system.................................................................... 5.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.0-1 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Cooling system
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
5.0-2 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Cooling system
Cooling system
Design
The cooling system is fitted on the rear section between the diesel engine
and the driver's cab.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.0-3 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Cooling system
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
5.0-4 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Cooling system
Cooling system
Function description
Basic function
The fan takes in air from the outside of the cooler units, and blows it over the
cooling fins of the cooler units, through the engine and out again.
The cooler system cools:
The engine coolant
The hydraulic oil
The engine charge air
The air conditioning condenser
The gear oil
The diesel fuel
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.0-5 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Cooling system
5.0-6 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Cooling system
Cooling system
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.0-7 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Cooling system
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 457 / from 14171
Fan control System pressure Current Fan speed
At upper engine speed
40 bar 850 mA 250 rpm
Hydraulic oil up to 55 C, coolant up to 88 C
At upper engine speed
40 - 175 bar 850 - 360 mA 250 - 1400 rpm
Hydraulic oil 55 - 73 C, coolant 88 - 93 C
At upper engine speed
Hydraulic oil 73 - 88 C, coolant 93 - 97 C 175 10 bar 360 mA 1400 rpm
Temperature sensor unplugged
At upper engine speed, hydraulic oil above 88 C, coolant
above 97 C, proportional solenoid de-energised. 220 10 bar De-energised 1600 rpm
Also suitable for setting the pressure relief valve
When the air conditioning system is on and the air conditioning compressor
coupling is on, the current is reduced from 850 mA to 650 mA.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/19.03.2007
5.0-8 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Cooling system
Gear pump
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Gear pump
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump consists of two intermeshing gears enclosed in a housing.
One of the two gears is driven via the outgoing shaft (driving gear), and the
other driven by the gear teeth (driven gear).
The fluid taken in is injected into the gaps between the teeth and pumped
outside along the housing from the intake port to the pressure port.
Pressure cut-off
The cooling system gear pump pressure cut-off is performed by the pressure
relief valve on the gear motor.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
5.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Cooling system
Gear motor
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.2-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Gear motor
Function description
Basic function
The gear motor 1 is powered by the current from the gear pump.
The gear motor 1 has a proportional pressure relief valve 3, which controls
the speed of the gear motor and therefore the fan speed.
5.2-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Cooling system
Gear motor
goes through the bypass valve to the tank. The fan turns at low speed
(minimum speed = dragging speed).
As the temperature rises, the bypass valve closes proportionally. The gear
motor turns the fan faster.
Failsafe function
The failsafe function is as follows: if the power supply to the proportionally
controlled pressure relief valve fails, the bypass closes. The full flow of the
gear pump drives the gear motor. The fan turns at maximum speed.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.2-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Gear motor
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
5.2-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service manual Cooling system
Temperature sensor
Technical data
See section 2.1
The temperature sensor is used for measuring the temperature of the
hydraulic oil.
Design
The sensor element of the temperature sensor consists of an encapsulated
thin-layer nickel resistor.
Temperature sensor
Function description
Temperature measurement
Temperature/resistance curve
The sensor is a temperature sensor with an NTC characteristic.
This means, the resistance in the sensor rises along with the temperature.
The resistance curve of the temperature sensor is almost linear.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
For the coolant and charge air temperature sensors, see the section on
the ENGINE.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 5.3-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cooling system Service manual
Temperature sensor
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
5.3-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
6 Travel Hydraulics
6.0
Chapter contents
6 Travel Hydraulics ................................................................ 6.0-1
6.0.1 Travel hydraulics L550, L556 ............................................6.0-1
6.0.2 Travel hydraulics L566, L576, L580 ..................................6.0-9
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
6.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Design
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Gas pedal position When gas pedal is depressed, the current to the control pressure propor-
tional valve is increased and the variable displacement pump pivots out.
The control pressure proportional valve is only energised when the engine
speeds exceeds 930 rpm. The current is then increased to the set value
according to the engine speed.
Inching function When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, the main electronics (master)
reduce the current to the control pressure proportional valve and hydrostatic
braking takes place.
At excess engine speeds of 2450 rpm and above, the inching function is
gradually reduced, and at 2600 rpm it is completely deactivated. This
prevents engine overspeed when travelling downhill.
If the inching angle sensor fails, the inching function is gradually deactivated
within 20 seconds.
Tractive force adjustment If tractive force control is activated, the main electronics (master) reduce the
maximum current to the control pressure proportional valve. This restricts the
tractive force to the set level.
The following parameters are required for tractive force control:
The tractive force control button must be switched on
The machine must be moving forward
The machine must be in 1st gear (even with kickdown)
You can use the two buttons to adjust the tractive force as required in a
range of 100% to 70%.
Tractive force control is gradually disabled as the speed increases from 0.3
to 4 km/h.
Overheating If the hydraulic oil (90 - 95 C) or the coolant (90 - 100 C) overheats, the
main electronics (master) reduce the current to the control pressure propor-
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
tional valve. The current is reduced gradually to 40% of the maximum level.
The control pressure proportional valve is energised normally again when
the temperature falls back below the threshold.
Engine overspeed or excessive Above a certain speed in each gear, the main electronics (master) starts
road speed gradually reducing the current to the control pressure proportional valve to
200 mA.
At even higher road speeds or engine or motor overspeed, the overspeed
protection function is activated. The rear axle is braked using replenishing
pressure from the variable displacement pump.
The flow from the displacement pump reaches the variable displacement
motor via pressure connection A or B. In the process, the regulating pistons
which move along the cylinder of the rotary group are subjected to pressure.
The resulting force turns the drive shaft and generates a certain torque.
The main electronics (master) control the motors. Depending on the
operating state of the machine, the proportional valves 3 on the variable
displacement motors are activated by the main electronics. This adjusts the
pivot angle and displacement to the current operating condition.
The discharge valve 4 in the variable displacement motor 2 is employed in
the closed circuit to avoid heat build-up. In the process, oil is discharged
from the low pressure side of the closed circuit and fed to the hydraulic tank.
The replenishing pump replaces this oil with cooled oil.
Road speed The proportional valves on the motors are energised according to the speed.
The lower the current at the proportional valve of the motors, the smaller the
pivot angle and the displacement of the motor.
Gas pedal position The gas pedal governs how the motors pivot to a smaller angle. This
accelerates the machine.
Variable displacement motor Power limiting control comes into affect when the engine is excessively
power limiting control suppressed due to load. This can occur while driving and additionally
operating the working hydraulics or steering.
The main electronics (master) increase the current at the proportional valve
of the motors until the engine speed is back in the normal range. The motors
then pivot out again.
Inching function When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, the main electronics (master)
increase the current to the motor proportional valve and hydrostatic braking
takes place.
Vmax function With the Vmax function, the motors move towards a set displacement which
corresponds to the preselected speed at full throttle. This means that the
road speed decreases as the engine speed is reduced.
The function is only activated when travelling forward in first or second
fixed gear.
The current speed when the Vmax button is pressed is stored. The machine
then reaches this speed at full throttle.
Engine overspeed or excessive If the engine overrevs when travelling downhill, the motors pivot to a smaller
road speed angle. If the engine speed exceeds a critical level, overspeed protection is
activated. The rear axle is braked.
Overspeed protection is also activated if the variable displacement
motors overrev.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
During bearing flushing, fresh, cooled oil is directed to the tapered roller
bearings and into the housing of the variable displacement motors. The hot
oil is pumped out.
The return oil from the fan motor 1 is pumped to the port U of the motors.
The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly to both motors.
The scavenging pump 2 draws oil from the connection T on both variable
displacement motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and the oil
cooler 6, and through the return suction filter 4 back to the hydraulic tank 5.
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the replenishing pump of the travel
hydraulics. The replenishing pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via
the connection 1.
A pre-tension valve in the return suction filter 3 preloads the suction side of
the replenishing pump with a pressure of 0.5 bar. The replenishing pump is
better able to draw up the oil for cold starts. This means that the pressure in
the hydrostatic control circuit increases more quickly and a better drive
performance is achieved.
The oil returning from the travel hydraulics is directed over the oil cooler.
The oil is then pumped back through the connection 2 and the return suction
filter 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the
hydraulic tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Design
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The hydrostatic travel drive operates in a closed circuit. The variable dis-
placement pump 20 pumps oil directly to the variable displacement motors
33 and 40. The oil returning from the variable displacement motors is
pumped back to the intake side of the variable displacement pump.
1st gear: At low speed or high tractive force, both motors pivot out to a wide
angle. This provides a low output speed and a high torque to the motors. If
the travel speed is increased, both motors pivot inwards.
2nd gear: Motor 33 is uncoupled (not turning) and at an angle of 0. Motor
40 moves to a certain angle depending on the travel speed.
3rd gear: Motor 40 is uncoupled (not turning) and at an angle of 0. Motor
33 moves to a certain angle depending on the travel speed. Maximum travel
speed is achieved at an angle of approximately 15.
The variable displacement pump operates in a closed circuit. It pumps the oil
directly to the variable displacement motors. The oil flowing back from the
motors is fed back to the intake side of the pump.
The main electronics (master) control the pump. Depending on the operating
state of the machine, the control pressure proportional valve 5 is activated
by the main electronics. The proportional valve regulates the control
pressure and therefore the pump flow.
At high load, the pump is adjusted to a lower displacement by the reaction
forces from the high pressure.
The travel direction valve 3 determines the direction in which the displace-
ment pump operates and thus the travel direction of the machine.
The pressure cut-off 2 limits the maximum operating pressure within the
closed circuit.
The pressure relief valves 4 for forward and reverse travel direction protect
the travel drive from excessive pressure peaks.
See the detailed description in the section on the variable displacement pump.
Gas pedal position When gas pedal is depressed, the current to the control pressure pro-
portional valve is increased and the variable displacement pump pivots out.
The control pressure proportional valve is only energised when the engine
speeds exceeds 930 rpm. The current is then increased to the set value
according to the engine speed.
Inching function When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, the main electronics (master)
reduce the current to the control pressure proportional valve and hydrostatic
braking takes place.
At excess engine speeds of 2450 rpm and above, the inching function is
gradually reduced, and at 2600 rpm it is completely deactivated. This
prevents engine overspeed when travelling downhill.
If the inching angle sensor fails, the inching function is gradually deactivated
within 20 seconds.
Tractive force adjustment If tractive force control is activated, the main electronics (master) reduce the
maximum current to the control pressure proportional valve. This restricts the
tractive force to the set level.
The following parameters are required for tractive force control:
The tractive force control button must be switched on
The machine must be moving forward
The machine must be in 1st gear (even with kickdown)
You can use the two buttons to adjust the tractive force as required in a
range of 100% to 70%.
Tractive force control is gradually disabled as the speed increases from 0.3
to 4 km/h.
Overheating If the hydraulic oil (90 - 95 C) or the coolant (90 - 100 C) overheats, the main
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The flow from the displacement pump reaches the variable displacement
motor via pressure connection A or B. In the process, the regulating pistons
which move along the cylinder of the rotary group are subjected to pressure.
The resulting force turns the drive shaft and generates a certain torque.
The main electronics (master) control the motors. Depending on the
operating state of the machine, the proportional valves 3 on the variable
displacement motors are activated by the main electronics. This adjusts the
pivot angle and displacement to the current operating condition.
The discharge valve 4 in the variable displacement motors 1 and 2 is
employed in the closed circuit to avoid heat build-up. In the process, oil is
discharged from the low pressure side of the closed circuit and fed to the
hydraulic tank. The replenishing pump replaces this oil with cooled oil.
Road speed The proportional valves on the motors are energised according to the speed.
The lower the current at the proportional valve of the motors, the smaller the
pivot angle and the displacement of the motor.
Gas pedal position The gas pedal governs how the motors pivot to a smaller angle. This
accelerates the machine.
Variable displacement motor Power limiting control comes into affect when the engine is excessively
power limiting control suppressed due to load. This can occur while driving and additionally
operating the working hydraulics or steering.
The main electronics (master) increase the current at the proportional valve
of the motors until the engine speed is back in the normal range. The motors
then pivot out again.
Inching function When the inch/brake pedal is depressed, the main electronics (master)
increase the current to the motor proportional valve and hydrostatic braking
takes place.
Vmax function With the Vmax function, the motors move towards a set displacement which
corresponds to the preselected speed at full throttle. This means that the
road speed decreases as the engine speed is reduced.
The function is only activated when travelling forward in first or second
fixed gear.
The current speed when the Vmax button is pressed is stored. The machine
then reaches this speed at full throttle.
Engine overspeed or excessive If the engine overrevs when travelling downhill, the motors pivot to a smaller
road speed angle. If the engine speed exceeds a critical level, overspeed protection is
activated. The rear axle is braked.
Overspeed protection is also activated if the variable displacement
motors overrev.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
During bearing flushing, fresh, cooled oil is directed to the tapered roller
bearings and into the housing of the variable displacement motors. The hot
oil is pumped out.
The return oil from the fan motor 1 is pumped to the port U of the motors.
The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly to both motors.
The scavenging pump 2 draws oil from the connection T on both variable
displacement motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and the oil
cooler 6, and through the return suction filter 4 back to the hydraulic tank 5.
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the replenishing pump of the travel
hydraulics. The replenishing pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via
the connection 1.
A pre-tension valve in the return suction filter 3 preloads the suction side of
the replenishing pump with a pressure of 0.5 bar. The replenishing pump is
better able to draw up the oil for cold starts. This means that the pressure in
the hydrostatic control circuit increases more quickly and a better drive
performance is achieved.
The oil returning from the travel hydraulics is directed over the oil cooler. The
oil is then pumped back through the connection 2 and the return suction filter
3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the
hydraulic tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.1-1 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement pump
6.1-2 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Components of the variable displacement pump, servo cylinder and servo valve view
1 Servo piston 9 Pressure cut-off 17 Receptacle ring
2 Pump housing 10 Travel direction valve 18 Adjusting screw for the
3 Spring cup 11 Control pressure proportional valve pump zero position
4 Pressure spring 12 Connection housing 19 Counter nut
5 Pressure spring 13 Pressure relief and replenishing valve 20 Spring cup
6 Turcon-Glyd seal 14 Replenishing pressure relief valve 21 Snap ring
7 Guide ring 15 Twist screw 22 Cover
8 Solenoid 16 Solenoid
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.1-3 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
6.1-4 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Function description
Basic function
The travel direction valve determines the direction in which the displacement
pump operates and the travel direction of the machine.
The pressure relief and replenishing valves A and B protect the travel drive
from excessive pressure peaks. At the same time, the valves act as
replenishing valves for the closed circuit.
The pressure cut-off limits the maximum operating pressure within the
closed circuit.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.1-5 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement pump
In the de-energised state, the PST control pressure duct is connected to the
tank T. The more the current increases, the higher the control pressure. The
maximum level is limited by the replenishing pressure.
Depending on the current to the proportional valve 3, the control piston 2 is
moved closer to or further from the regulating springs 1. This adjusts the
pressure in the PST duct.
6.1-6 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.1-7 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement pump
Replenishing pump
The replenishing pump is an internal gear pump. The replenishing pump
draws up oil from the hydraulic tank. The delivery volume of the pump is
proportional to the drive speed.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
6.1-8 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Pressure cut-off
The pressure cut-off valve limits the operating pressure in the closed circuit.
When the maximum operating pressure is reached, the flow of the variable
displacement pump is reduced so that the maximum operating pressure is
just maintained.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.1-9 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
6.1-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
Basic function
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.2-1 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement motors
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw26/01/2007
The return oil from the fan motor 1 is pumped to the port U of the motors.
The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly to both motors.
The scavenging pump 2 draws oil from the connection T on both variable
displacement motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and the oil
cooler 6, and through the return suction filter 4 back to the hydraulic tank 5.
6.2-2 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.2-3 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement motors
6.2-4 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007 Variable displacement motors
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.2-5 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement motors
Function description
Basic function
6.2-6 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
pressure side is opened and a defined quantity of oil flows via the orifice 1
and the pressure relief valve 2 to the hydraulic tank.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 6.2-7 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Travel Hydraulics Service Manual
Variable displacement motors
Design
Function description
6.2-8 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
7 Working hydraulics
7.0
Chapter contents
7 Working hydraulics.............................................................. 7.0-1
7.0.1 Working hydraulics - L550, L556..........................................7.0-1
7.0.2 Working hydraulics - L566, L576, L580................................7.0-7
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
the machine while it is travelling, thus greatly increasing comfort and safety.
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the working hydraulics. The
working hydraulics pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the shut-off
connection 1. The returning oil is pumped back through the connection 2 and
the return suction filter 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the hydraulic
tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
Control block
The control block contains the spool valves for the lift cylinder 3 and the tilt
cylinder 4.
The LS pressure relief valve 7 limits the maximum pressure of the working
hydraulics pump. The primary pressure relief valve 5 additionally limits the
maximum pressure of the working hydraulics pump.
The secondary pressure relief valves 2 protect the hydraulic system against
pressure peaks from the consumer units. The float position/ride control
solenoid valve 6 is activated for the float position and ride control.
See the detailed description in the section on the control block.
The working hydraulics are actuated by a separate control circuit. The spool
valves in the control block 1 are hydraulically actuated by the pilot control unit 2.
The variable displacement pump 5 (replenishing pump) of the travel hydrau-
lics takes the required servo oil and pumps it through the pilot control
solenoid valve 4 to the pilot control unit 2.
See the detailed description in the section on the pilot control unit.
Ride control
The ride control system attenuates the bouncing and pitching vibrations of
the machine while it is travelling, thus greatly increasing comfort and safety.
The lift cylinders are connected at the base end via the control valve block 3
and the stabilisation module 2 to the hydro accumulators 1. The rod end of
the lift cylinders is connected to the hydraulic tank via the float position/ride
control solenoid valve 4 in the control valve block.
See the detailed description in the section on ride control.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Function description
PowerPoint
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the working hydraulics. The
working hydraulics pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the shut-off
connection 1. The returning oil is pumped back through the connection 2 and
the return suction filter 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the hydraulic
tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
Control block
The control block contains the spool valves for the lift cylinder 3 and the tilt
cylinder 4.
The LS pressure relief valve 7 limits the maximum pressure of the working
hydraulics pump. The primary pressure relief valve 5 additionally limits the
maximum pressure of the working hydraulics pump.
The secondary pressure relief valves 2 protect the hydraulic system against
pressure peaks from the consumer units. The float position/ride control
solenoid valve 6 is activated for the float position and ride control.
See the detailed description in the section on the control block.
The working hydraulics are actuated by a separate control circuit. The spool
valves in the control block 1 are hydraulically actuated by the pilot control unit 2.
The variable displacement pump 5 (replenishing pump) of the travel hydrau-
lics takes the required servo oil and pumps it through the pilot control
solenoid valve 4 to the pilot control unit 2.
See the detailed description in the section on the pilot control unit.
Ride control
The ride control system attenuates the bouncing and pitching vibrations of
the machine while it is travelling, thus greatly increasing comfort and safety.
The lift cylinders are connected at the base end via the control valve block 3
and the stabilisation module 2 to the hydro accumulators 1. The rod end of
the lift cylinders is connected to the hydraulic tank via the float position/ride
control solenoid valve 4 in the control valve block.
See the detailed description in the section on ride control.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.1-1 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
7.1-2 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.1-3 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
Function description
Basic function
Pump control
The swash plate 1 of the working hydraulics pump is moved out by the control
piston 2. The operating pressure constantly acts in the piston chamber 3. This
causes the pump to swivel out.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.1-4 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
The swash plate is returned to its initial position by the return piston 5.
Pressure oil is pumped into the piston chamber 4. The return piston is
controlled by the governors fitted on the working hydraulics pump.
The working hydraulics pump flow is controlled by the following governors:
Flow controller
Power regulator
The operating state of the working hydraulics system governs which
governor is currently activated.
If the working hydraulics demand only a small amount of oil or none at all, the
flow regulator restricts the working hydraulics pump to the required amount.
If the set power limit is reached at a certain flow and increasing pressure, the
flow regulator reduces the working hydraulics pump flow.
Flow regulation
The load sensing system ensures that the working hydraulics pump only
delivers as much oil from the hydraulic tank as the working hydraulics
currently need.
When the working hydraulics are not in use, the oil flow is blocked by the
spool valves in the control block and the working hydraulics pump is reduced
to minimum flow (leak flow). Connection 2 is depressurised. The high
pressure pushes the piston 3 against the pressure springs 1 which
determine the standby pressure in the system. The control piston 3 opens
the high pressure duct 4 to the duct 5 and the return cylinder reduces the
pump to leak flow.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.1-5 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
never exceeded.
The power regulator works on the principle of hyperbolic control. It regulates
the pump exactly along the preset power curve 1 (flow x high pressure).
7.1-6 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.1-7 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.1-8 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.2-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.2-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Cross section A-A of control block with spool valves for lift cylinder
Cross section B-B of control block with spool valves for tilt cylinder
1 Main block housing 7 Counter nut 13 Lifting pressure relief valve
2 Pressure spring 8 Float position / ride control sole- 14 Spring cup
3 Cover noid valve 15 Lift cylinder spool valve
4 Restrictor check valve 9 Control piston 16 Tilt-out pressure relief valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
5 Spool valve stroke adjust- 10 Valve insert 17 Tilt-in pressure relief valve
ing screw 11 Main piston 18 Tilt cylinder spool valve
6 Cap nut 12 Pressure balance
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.2-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
Function description
Basic function
The control block contains the spool valves for the lift cylinder 10 and the tilt
cylinder 6.
The spool valves are supplied with oil by the pilot control unit. The restrictor
check valves 7 in the control valve block allow sensitive control of the
individual functions.
The LS control and the pressure balances 5 and 9 divide the oil among the
individual consumer units.
The float position or ride control function is activated by the solenoid valve 12.
Secondary pressure relief valves for each function protect the working
attachment, cylinders, hose lines and the control block from overload. At the
same time, the secondary pressure relief valves act as replenishing valves.
The LS pressure cut-off 2 protects the working hydraulics pump from
excess pressure.
7.2-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.2-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
At the maximum deflection of the LH control lever for lowering the lift arms,
there is maximum control pressure at the connection b2. This pushes the
spool valve 1 all the way to the right against the regulating spring 3 and the
limit screw 2.
When the spool valve 1 is in this position, the base end B2 of the lift cylinder
is connected to the tank channel T.
The float position solenoid valve 4 is also energised. The rod ends of the lift
cylinder A2 is also connected to the tank duct T. The lift arms can now move
up and down freely.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.2-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.3-1 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
Function description
Basic function
7.3-2 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Control block
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The control block contains the spool valves for the tilt cylinder 1 and the lift
cylinder 2.
The spool valves for the lift and tilt cylinders are supplied with oil by the pilot
control unit.
The restrictors in the control valve block allow sensitive control of the
individual functions.
The float position/ride control solenoid valve relieves the lift cylinder rod end
to the hydraulic tank when it is activated.
See the detailed description in the section on the control block.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.3-3 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.3-4 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.3-5 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
7.3-6 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Function description
Basic function
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.3-7 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
tappet 7 and therefore to the position of the control lever. The pressure
regulation which is proportional to the position of the control lever allows the
spool valves in the control block to be moved proportionally to the pressure.
Electromagnetic locking
The following functions have electromagnetic locking:
Lift kick-out
Bucket return-to-dig
Float position
The pressure spring 1 is attached under the tappet 3 and the spring sleeve
2. Just before the end of the stroke of the tappet and the control lever, the
operator must apply additional force to tension the pressure spring 1.
This shows the operator that the control lever is at its end position / maxi-
mum deflection.
At the end position (maximum deflection) of the control lever, the ring 5
comes into contact with the anchor magnet 4. When the solenoid is
activated, its magnetic force holds the control lever in its end position.
Unlocking takes place automatically by switching off the solenoid current
using the proximity switch or by pulling back the control lever.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.3-8 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The cut-in block includes the following components in a single housing:
Pilot control solenoid valve (working hydraulics)
Overspeed protection solenoid valve (rear axle braking function)
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.3-9 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The purpose of the hydro accumulator is to store hydraulic energy and
supply it when needed.
It has the following applications:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
To act as an attenuator for pressure peaks, for example for the ride
control system or steering attenuation.
As an energy reserve to supply energy when needed, for example for the
brake system.
7.3-10 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When a
set value is reached, the electric contact opens and the circuit is interrupted.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally open.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.3-11 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Working hydraulics pump
When the float position pressure switch 2 reaches a set pilot control
pressure, its electrical contact closes. If the float position/ride control button
is switched on, the float position/ride control solenoid valve 1 (on the control
valve block) and the float position retaining solenoid 4 (in the pilot control
unit) are activated.
When float position retaining solenoid 4 is activated, its magnetic force holds
the control lever in its end position.
The float position/ride control solenoid valve 1 (on the control valve block)
relieves the lift cylinder rod end to the hydraulic tank. The working attachment
lies on the ground under its own weight.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.3-12 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Ride control
Design
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
When ride control is activated, the lift cylinders 15 are connected at the base
end to the hydro accumulators 6. The hydro accumulators are filled with
nitrogen and absorb pressure peaks at the base end of the lift cylinders.
The lift cylinders are connected at the rod end to the hydraulic tank. This
allows the lift arms to move up freely.
Stabilisation module
The stabilisation module protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
If the pressure is too high, the stabilisation module stops the oil flow to the
hydro accumulators.
The solenoid valve 7 is for activating and deactivating ride control.
The safety valve 2 opens if the pressure to the tank connection is too high.
This protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
See the detailed description in the section on the stabilisation module.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Design
Function description
Basic function
The wheel loader is an unsprung earth-moving machine and therefore tends
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
When ride control is activated, the lift cylinders 15 are connected at the base
end to the hydro accumulators 6. The hydro accumulators are filled with
nitrogen and absorb pressure peaks at the base end of the lift cylinders.
The lift cylinders are connected at the rod end to the hydraulic tank. This
allows the lift arms to move up freely.
Stabilisation module
The stabilisation module protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
If the pressure is too high, the stabilisation module stops the oil flow to the
hydro accumulators.
The solenoid valve 7 is for activating and deactivating ride control.
The safety valve 2 opens if the pressure to the tank connection is too high.
This protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
See the detailed description in the section on the stabilisation module.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.4-13 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Ride control
Function description
Basic function
The stabilisation module protects the hydro accumulator from excessive
pressure peaks. LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.4-14 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Ride control
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Function
The hydro accumulator unit is connected via the stabilisation module to the
base end of the lift cylinders. If the maximum pressure is reached, the
stabilisation module stops the oil flow to the hydro accumulators. This
protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
The hydro accumulators absorb bouncing and pitching vibrations. The vibration
damping effect is achieved using a nitrogen filling in the hydro accumulators.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.4-15 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Ride control
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.4-16 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Ride control
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When a
set value is reached, the electric contact opens and the circuit is interrupted.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as "normally closed".
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.4-17 o f 1 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Ride control
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.4-18 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Lift and tilt cylinders
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.5-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Lift and tilt cylinders
Sealing
The scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from penetrating the
piston rod.
The O-rings and the Glyd Seal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings seal the
pressure chambers inside and out.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.5-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Lift and tilt cylinders
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.5-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Lift and tilt cylinders
Function description
Sealing
The scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from penetrating the
piston rod.
The O-rings and the Glyd Seal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings seal the
pressure chambers inside and out.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.5-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
Function description
Basic function
The hydraulic tank contains the oil required by the hydraulic system. It
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
supplies oil to the travel hydraulics, working hydraulics, brake system and
steering system.
When the machine moves, a plate inside the hydraulic tank calms the
hydraulic oil. This moderating plate divides the hydraulic tank into a return
chamber and an intake chamber.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.6-1 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
Filter unit
The filter unit consists of the following components:
1 Return suction filter
2 Return strainer
3 Bleeder filter
4 Suction line from replenishing pump
The return suction filter 1 filters the oil flowing back from the working and
travel hydraulics. The oil flows from the inside outwards through the filter.
At the same time the filter acts as a suction filter for the replenishing pump of
the hydrostatic travel drive. The replenishing pump draws up the filtered oil
via the connection 4.
To prevent excessive changes of pressure inside the hydraulic tank, air must
be exchanged with the atmosphere outside. The bleeder filter 2 provides the
connection to the outside.
To prevent contamination, the air taken in from outside passes through a
fine filter. A valve with a spring provides a slight pressure inside the
hydraulic tank.
The return strainer 3 filters some of the oil returning from the entire hydraulic
system. The filtered oil then flows back to the hydraulic tank.
See the detailed description in the section on the filter unit and bleeder filter.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.6-2 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.6-3 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
7.6-4 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
Function description
Basic function
The return suction filter 1 acts as a return filter for oil flowing back from the
working and travel hydraulics, and as a suction filter for the replenishing
pump of the hydrostatic travel drive.
Some of oil flowing back from the various consumer units is pumped through
the return suction filter 3 back to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 2 prevents inadmissible pressure changes inside the hydrau-
lic tank. This means air can be exchanged with the atmosphere outside.
Connections on the filter unit:
4 Compact brake pump leak oil
5 Fan motor leak oil
6 Suction line from replenishing pump
7 Working hydraulics pump leak oil
8 Solenoid valve block return line
9 Working hydraulics pump leak oil
10 Return line from control block
11 Return line from oil cooler
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.6-5 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.6-6 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.6-7 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Function
To prevent excessive changes of pressure inside the hydraulic tank, air must
be exchanged with the atmosphere outside.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
To prevent contamination, the air taken in from outside passes through the
fine filter.
The spring-loaded outlet valve 2 and inlet valve 3 reduce the exchange of
air. This minimises the oil contamination and increases the service life of the
fine filter element.
7.6-8 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 7.6-9 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Working hydraulics Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.6-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
8 Steering System
8.0
Chapter contents
8 Steering System.................................................................. 8.0-1
8.2 Servostat.........................................................................................8.2-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Steering System Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.0-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.0-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the steering system. The variable
displacement pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the connection 1.
The returning oil from the servostat is pumped back through the oil cooler
and the connection 3 via the return suction filter 4 to the hydraulic tank. Leak
oil from the variable displacement pump is directed through the connection 2
via the return strainer 5 to the hydraulic tank. The bleeder filter 6 compen-
sates for pressure differences inside the hydraulic tank by providing
appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.0-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Valve block
The valve block directs the oil from the variable displacement pump or the
emergency steering pump to the servostat.
The emergency steering pressure switch 1 monitors the pressure of the
variable displacement pump. If the pressure at the emergency steering
pressure switch 1 is too low, the emergency steering pump is automatically
activated. This can happen if the diesel engine shuts down or if the variable
displacement pump fails.
The check valves 2 and 3 prevent the oil from flowing back to the pumps.
See the detailed description in the section on the valve block.
Servostat
The servostat is connected to the steering column. The steering wheel
actuates the metering pump and valve slider in the servostat, causing the
steering system to move.
If the steering wheel is moved quickly, the flow booster system pumps some
of the oil via the spool directly to the steering cylinders. This facilitates fast
steering on rough terrain.
When the steering wheel is moved slowly, the flow booster is not activated.
All the oil is pumped through the spool and the metering pump to the steer-
ing cylinders. This facilitates sensitive steering on roads.
Two pressure relief valves protect the steering cylinder and servostat from
excessive pressure peaks.
See the detailed description in the section on the servostat.
Steering cylinder
The steering cylinders are connected to the front and rear sections.
The servostat supplies oil to the steering cylinders during steering.
The hydro accumulators on the steering cylinders absorb steering move-
ments. The absorber system in the steering cylinder prevents the front and
rear sections from bumping other at full articulation.
See the detailed description in the section on the steering cylinder.
8.0-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Steering pump
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.1-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Steering pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.1-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Steering pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.1-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Steering pump
Function description
Basic function
Control unit
The control unit continuously regulates the steering pump flow. The angle of
the swash plate 3 is changed from 0 towards 15 and vice versa. LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.1-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Steering pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.1-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Steering pump
If the steering wheel is not moved, the load pressure at the connection 4
decreases. The pump pressure moves the piston 2 against the springs 5.
The piston 2 opens the pump pressure duct P to the duct A and the return
cylinder regulates the pump to the minimum flow.
Flow controller with no steering movement (pump does not deliver oil)
Pressure cut-off
When the maximum operating pressure in the system has been reached, the
pump moves back to the smallest angle and only delivers leak oil. The
maximum operating pressure remains constant.
When the pump reaches its maximum operating pressure, the piston 3 in the
pressure cut-off valve 1 moves against the spring 4. This opens the duct A
and pressure oil flows to the return cylinder.
The return cylinder moves the swash plate and regulates the pump to the
smallest angle.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.1-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Servostat
8.2 Servostat
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.2-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Servostat
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.2-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Servostat
Function description
Basic function
Flow booster
The flow booster allows the small servostat to supply oil from two cylinders.
A specific portion of the flow is directed through the metering pump, and
another portion is pumped through the spool directly to the cylinders.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.2-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Servostat
If the steering wheel is moved slowly, the entire flow is directed through the
metering pump 3. The oil flowing to the steering system depends on the size of
the metering pump. This allows very sensitive steering for travelling on roads.
At faster steering speeds of more than 10 turns of the steering wheel per
minute, additional holes in the spool open. Some of the oil flows through the
metering pump 3, and more oil flows the spool 4 directly to the cylinders. The
volumetric flow ration is 1:1.6. This allows very fast steering for rough terrain.
Steering system in active state When the steering is actuated, the spool 2 is moved. The connection P is
connected to the connection LS and to the steering cylinder. The increase
pressure at the LS connection causes the flow controller 4 to regulate the
variable displacement pump 3 to the required oil quantity.
The variable displacement pump 3 is adjusted until there is a specific
pressure difference between the connection P and the connection LS.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Pressure cut-off
The pressure relief valves prevent excessive pressure peaks in the steering
system. Pressure peaks can be caused by sudden loads while driving.
Depending on the direction of the load, either the pressure relief valve 1 on the
left steering cylinder or the pressure relief valve 2 for the right cylinder opens.
8.2-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Servostat
When the set pressure is reached, the valve cone 6 opens against the pres-
sure spring 4. Oil flows from the consumer unit 7 to the tank connection 5.
The opening pressure of the pressure relief valve can be set using the
adjusting screw 3.
Replenishing function
The servostat has two replenishing valves: one for steering to the left and
one for steering to the right.
The replenishing valves prevent vacuums from forming in the steering
cylinder under certain operating conditions. Oil flows through the check valve
2 from the tank duct 1 to the steering cylinder (duct 3). The pin 4 prevents
the check valve 2 from moving too far from the valve insert.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.2-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Servostat
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.2-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Steering cylinder
Design
Function description
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.3-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Steering cylinder
Sealing
The scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from penetrating the
piston rod.
The O-rings and the Glyd Seal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings seal the
pressure chambers inside and out.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.3-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Steering cylinder
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The purpose of the hydro accumulator is to store hydraulic energy and
supply it when needed.
It has the following applications:
To act as an attenuator for pressure peaks, for example for the ride
control system or steering attenuation.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
As an energy reserve to supply energy when needed, for example for the
brake system.
Steering damper
The hydro accumulators on the steering cylinders absorb steering move-
ments when changing direction quickly. Also, the damping effect absorbs
external influences on the machine, for example if the working attachment is
driven against an obstacle.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.3-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Steering cylinder
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.3-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Emergency steering
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.4-1 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Emergency steering
Function description
Basic function
8.4-2 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Emergency steering
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.4-3 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Emergency steering
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.4-4 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Emergency steering
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.4-5 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Emergency steering
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump of the emergency steering pump is powered by the electric
motor. The electric motor is switched on and off via a relay.
The gear pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank as needed. The oil is
pumped via the valve block to the servostat. A pressure relief valve protects
the pump from excess pressure.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.4-6 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Emergency steering
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
Membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.4-7 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Emergency steering
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
Membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When
a set value is reached, the electric contact closes and the circuit is closed.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.4-8 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Steering System
Emergency steering
Design
Function description
Basic function
The valve block connects the oil from the variable displacement pump or the
emergency steering pump to the servostat.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 8.4-9 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Steering System Service Manual
Emergency steering
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.4-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
9 Brake system
9.0
Chapter contents
9 Brake system ...................................................................... 9.0-1
9.0.1 Brake system........................................................................9.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Design
The gear pump 5 is flange-mounted on the engine. Together with the compact
brake valve 1, its job is to charge the hydro accumulators of the brake system.
The hydro accumulators for the service brake are fitted outside on the cab floor.
The hydro accumulator for the parking brake mounted directly on the compact
brake valve.
The service brake is a wet disc brake mounted in the wheel hubs of both axles.
The parking brake is a disc brake attached to the transmission 12.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.0-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Basic function
9.0-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
The service brake is a hydraulic 2-circuit brake system. It acts on the wet
discs in the front and rear axles.
The brake system gear pump 3 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and
pumps it to the compact brake valve 10. The accumulator charge valve 11 in the
compact brake valve fills the hydro accumulators to a specified oil pressure.
When the inch/brake pedal is slightly depressed (up to 2/3 of the way down),
only the hydraulic inching function is activated via the inching angle sensor 17.
When the inch/brake pedal is fully depressed (in the last third), oil flows from the
hydro accumulators 22 and 28 via the pressure control pistons 18 and 19 to the
brake pistons in the front and rear axles. This activates the wet disc brakes. At
the end of the braking procedure, the oil flows into the hydraulic tank.
The parking brake 25 is opened by oil pressure and closed by spring force. When
the parking brake solenoid valve 16 is energised, oil flows from the parking brake
hydro accumulator 23 to the parking brake and opens the callipers.
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the brake system. The gear pump
draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the connection 1. The returning oil is
pumped back through the return strainer 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the
hydraulic tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.0-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Service brake
The service brake is a wet disc brake 1 mounted in the front and rear axles.
The oil pressure pushes the brake discs together. The number of brake
discs and the brake pressure determine the braking force.
See the detailed description of the wet disc brake in the section on the axles.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9.0-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Parking brake
The parking brake is attached to the output shaft of the transmission 4 and
thus acts on all four wheels.
The parking brake is opened by oil pressure and closed by spring force.
When you start the engine and press the parking brake button, the solenoid
valve 2 in the compact brake valve 1 is activated. Oil flows from the hydro
accumulator 3 to the parking brake 5, where it acts on the brake cylinder and
opens the callipers.
When you press the parking brake button again or turn off the engine, the
force of the springs in the brake cylinder closes the brake, thus generating
the required braking torque on the brake disc.
When the parking brake is closed, the LED in the parking brake button and
the parking brake symbol field in the display light up.
See the detailed description in the section on the parking brake.
Overspeed protection
The overspeed protection prevents the engine and the variable displacement
motors from overrevving, which can occur, for example, when driving downhill.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.0-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9.0-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Service brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.1-1 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Service brake
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump consists of two intermeshing gears enclosed in a housing.
One of the two gears is driven via the outgoing shaft (driving gear), and the
other driven by the gear teeth.
The fluid taken in is injected into the gaps between the teeth and pumped
outside along the housing from the intake port to the pressure port.
The brake system gear pump 2 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 4 via the
internal intake duct of the cooling system gear pump 3. The oil is pumped via
the discharge port to the compact brake valve 1.
Pressure cut-off
The brake system gear pump pressure cut-off is performed by the pressure
relief valve in the compact brake valve.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
9.1-2 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Service brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
This compact brake valve is attached to the cab floor. It is activated using
the inch/brake pedal.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.1-3 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Service brake
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
9.1-4 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Service brake
Function description
Basic function
Service brake
When the pedal is depressed in the first two thirds of its range, the hydraulic
inching function is activated. This function is triggered by the angle sensor
on the compact brake valve.
If the pedal is depressed further, the pressure control pistons of the 2nd circuit
control the pressure in the brake pistons in proportion to the pedal force.
At the end of the braking procedure, the oil flows back to the hydraulic tank.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.1-5 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Service brake
If one brake circuit fails, the second remains operational due to the mechanical
contact between the two pressure control pistons in the compact brake valve.
The actuation force remains the same.
Parking brake
When you press the parking brake button, the parking brake solenoid valve
1 is opened. The accumulator pressure acts on the cylinders of the disc
brake and opens the brake.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
9.1-6 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Service brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The purpose of the hydro accumulator is to store hydraulic energy and
supply it when needed.
It has the following applications:
To act as an attenuator for pressure peaks, for example for the ride
control system or steering attenuation.
To act an energy reserve to supply energy when needed, for example for
the brake system.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.1-7 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Service brake
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
9.1-8 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Service brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
Membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When
a set value is reached, the electric contact closes and the circuit is closed.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally open.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.1-9 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Service brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When a
set value is reached, the electric contact opens and the circuit is interrupted.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally closed.
9.1-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Parking brake
field 3 and the LED 1 in the parking brake button light up.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.2-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Parking brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
9.2-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Parking brake
Function description
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.2-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Parking brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The purpose of the hydro accumulator is to store hydraulic energy and
supply it when needed.
It has the following applications:
To act as an attenuator for pressure peaks, for example for the ride
control system or steering attenuation.
To act an energy reserve to supply energy when needed, for example for
the brake system.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9.2-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Parking brake
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.2-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Parking brake
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9.2-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Overspeed protection
Function description
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.3-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Overspeed protection
The service code E 5029 only appears during reckless driving, for example
at full speed down steep slopes. If the service code E 5029 is found several
times in the memory, it may affect the warranty on the machine, especially if
any damage was caused by overspeed.
The service codes are stored in the main electronics A15.
9.3-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Brake system
Overspeed protection
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The solenoid valve block includes the following components in a single housing:
Pilot control solenoid valve (working hydraulics)
Overspeed protection solenoid valve (rear axle braking function)
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 9.3-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Brake system Service Manual
Overspeed protection
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9.3-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
10 Electrical system
10.0
Chapter contents
10 Electrical system ............................................................... 10.0-1
10.0.1 Electrical system with circuit diagrams...............................10.0-3
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.0-1 o f 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Design
The operating voltage of the machine is 24 volts. The batteries (2 x 12 V) are
connected in series.
The two batteries are installed in the right ballast weight.
Components of the The table below lists all the components of the electrical system. The entry
electrical system in the step column helps you locate the component in the circuit diagrams.
Abbreviations:
- WH = Wiring harness
- LFD = Liebherr ride control
- SV = Solenoid valve
- PSV = Proportional solenoid valve
- LED = Light-emitting diode
- SH = Service hours
- * Options
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.0-3 o f 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.0-4 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Function description
Circuit diagrams
The circuit diagrams are on pages 1 to 75. The following list contains the
pages and their main functions.
Overview of pages for the electrical system:
1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW L550 - L580
2
3
The circuit diagrams of the electrical system show the function sequences
for the entire machine, including optional equipment. All components and
connections are marked and shown with the appropriate switching code so
that they are clearly identifiable. The keys also list the designations of
the components.
The circuit diagrams are divided into pages. The pages are also divided into
individual sections.
Click the links in the online documentation to skip to the relevant information.
Component designation - The designations of the components and connectors are always shown with
-XX..:
- -XX = Component designation, e.g.
-P1 = Mechanical service hours indicator (optional)
Location code + Location codes are shown with +XX. The location codes show where the
components are fitted on the machine.
The following location codes are shown:
- +B Ballast weight, general
- +B1 Left ballast weight
- +B2 Rear ballast weight
- +F Travel drive, general
- +F1 Front axle
- +F2 Rear axle
- +F3 Transmission
- +H Rear section
- +H1 Rear section hatch
- +H2 Rear section below cab, right
- +H3 Rear section below cab, left
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.0-5 o f 3
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.0-6 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CANBUS3
A A
HEAT/AIRCON
CONTROL
CC01
91/92 MOTORCONTROLLHECU
106
B B
CAN 93 CAN 97
AIRCONDITIONINGKEYPAD MAINKEYPAD 112 DISPLAYUNIT SENSORS
PROJ: 8920980_003
(SWITCH,
SENSOR)
2xCFCard CANBUS1
MACHINE
45 INPUTMODULE1
CANBUS2
C C
4x CANBUS3 ACTUATORS
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
CAN (MAGNETICS,
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
1x SOLENOIDVALVES)
LAN CANBUS4
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
4XRS232
OPTIONS(e.g.
WEIGHING EQUIPMENT 22 OUTPUTMODULE1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
CENTRALGREASING, Ethernet/RS232/CAN
D etc.) D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
ELECTRIC LOAD
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
(LIGHTING,
WINDSCREENWIPER,
REAR
E E
REARWINDOWHEATER 46 INPUTMODULE2 21 OUTPUTMODULE2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
ELECTRICKEYPAD
F F
B BMKINDEX 5 AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMAMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSORSUNSENSOR 62 B
BMKINDEX 6 AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMAMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSORSUNSENSOR 63
PROJ: 8920980_003
BMKINDEX 7 HEADFLAPVMC5TEMPERATURESENSORAUTOMATICAIRCONDITIONING 67
BMKINDEX 8 FUELTEMPERATURESENSORACTIVEOSCILLATING 107
BMKINDEX 9 CHARGEAIRCOOLEROILPRESSURESWITCH 106
BMKINDEX 10 COUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTION 26
BMKINDEX 11 KEYHANDOUTCONTAININGTYPECOUNTINGNUMBERSYSTEMANDPLACE 4
C
BMKINDEX 12 STEERINGCOLUMNSWITCHSTOPLIGHTLOWBEAMHIGHBEAM 25 C
BMKINDEX 13 LHCONTROLLEVERSWITCHCOMFORTCONTROL3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT 51
BMKINDEX 14 GENERATOR 105
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
BMKINDEX 15 VENTILATORCONDENSERINTEGRATED 68
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
BMKINDEX 16 VENTILATORCONDENSERRETROFITKIT 69
BMKINDEX 17 MOTORCONTROLAUTOMATICRUNOUT 47
BMKINDEX 18 EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMPLFDAIRFILTERCONTAMINATIONRIDECONTROL 23
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BRAKEACCUMULATOR 21 EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMPLFDAIRFILTERCONTAMINATIONRIDECONTROL 24
D D
BRAKEACCUMULATOR 22 OUTPUTMODULE2BACKUPALARMANDCANBESWITCHEDOFF 45
CANBUS1 37 OUTPUTMODULE2BACKUPALARMANDCANBESWITCHEDOFF 46
forbidden.
CANBUS2 38 PARKINGBRAKESPEEDSENSORCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD 78
DIAGNOSTICPLUGMOTORCONTROLANDAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM 70 PHASESENSOR 108
DIESELPREHEATINGCOLDWEATHERKIT40 82 REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORGROENEVELD 75
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
ANGLESENSORINCH/GASPEDAL 52 REARAREAMONITORINGVIAMONITORANDCAMERA 76
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1 108 BACKUPALARMGEROTORSTEERINGDIESELPREHEATING 55
E E
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2 108 WARNINGBEACONMIRRORANDREARWINDOWHEATER 33
INJECTIONPUMPCYLINDER13 109 FLOATPOSITIONBUCKETRETURNTODIGLIFTKICKOUT 56
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F
TRAVELRANGESSWIVELANGLEHYDROMOTORSOVERSPEEDPROTECTION 53 TANKPIPESENSORTRANSMISSION/HYDRAULICOILTEMPERATUREVENTILATORCOOLINGWATERLEVEL 21 F
B GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE2 87 ADDITIONALEQUIPMENT123AND4QUICKCHANGEDEVICE 57 B
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE3 88 AUXILIARYHEATERDBW2010 80
PROJ: 8920980_003
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE4 89 AUXILIARYHEATERTHERMO90 81
GENERALOUTLAYAIRCONDITIONINGKEYPADFLAPCONTROL 99
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL4CYLINDER 113
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL6CYLINDER 104
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROLENGINESIDE 93
C
GENERALOUTLAYOPTIONKEYPAD 98 C
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE1 90
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE2 91
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE3 92
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS 103
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS 112
GENERALOUTLAYPROTECTIVEFOIL 100
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
OVERVIEWDIAGRAMELECTRICALSYSTEMELECTRONICSGG6TIER3WHEELLOADER 1
D D
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40 83
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586 84
forbidden.
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE1AND2 41
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE3JOYSTICKSTEERING 71
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE3JOYSTICKSTEERING 73
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE4EP3.AND4.CONTROLCIRCUIT 50
SUPPLYMASTERSUPPLYDIAGNOSTICPLUG 40
E E
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE1 42
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE1AND2 43
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE2 44
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE3 48
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE3AUTOMATICLIGHTINGSHUTDOWN 49
SUPPLYKEYPADS 39
F
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTS 27 F
A
TYPE/COUNTINGNUMBER,SYSTEM,LOCATIONCODE A
TYPE/COUNTINGNUMBER
CIRCUITSTWISTED
B
M1STARTERMOTOROPERATINGSUPPLYCODE B
=K
PROJ: 8920980_003
=KSYSTEM(CABIN)
=SYSTEM +K6 +K6LOCATIONCODE(CABFLOOR)
52
X1.S1 X1.SPLUGNAMEANDPINCONTACT
X1.B1 X1.BPLUGNAMEANDSOCKETCONTACT
52
=BBALLAST +K6
52PINAMPLUG
=FTRAVELDRIVE =K
=HHINDCARRIAGE
=KCABIN
C =MENGINE CABLEGREENOPTION C
=VFRONTSECTION
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
/7.E4 CROSSREFERENCEUPSHEET7E4
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
+LOCATIONCODE OPENLINEEND
+BBALLAST LETZTEMODIFICATION
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+B1BALLASTLEFT +KCABIN
D +B2BALLASTRIGHT +K1CABINFITTINGS D
+K2CABINREARPANEL
+FTRAVELDRIVE +K2.RHCABINREARPANELRELAYRACK
forbidden.
+F1FRONTAXLE +K3CABROOF
+F2REARAXLE +K4CABINFITTINGSSIDECOVERRIGHTREAR
+F3TRANSMISSION +K5CABINFITTINGSSIDECOVERLEFTREAR
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
+K6CABFLOOR
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
+HHINDCARRIAGE
E +H1HINDCARRIAGEREARHATCH +MENGINE E
+H2HINDCARRIAGEUNTERCABINRIGHT
+H3HINDCARRIAGEUNTERCABINLEFT +VFRONTSECTION
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+H4HINDCARRIAGERIGHT +V1FRONTSECTION
+H5HINDCARRIAGELEFT +V2LIFTARM
+V3TILTCYLINDER
F F
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE BMK FUNCTION SHEET SYSTEM PLACE
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
1
X1.S
A9Kl.15
X1.B
1
10
A S1.X1 A
8
10 5 6 8 9
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
A4.X57
1
58 15 15 50a 50a T.1
/79.C6
+K4 P 0 12
S1 A4
=K
24
A16a.X1
0 +K2
30 30 X1 24 E E
1 2 A16a.UI15
A9IMMOBILISERKl.15
1
Kl50a F8A 10A F8 15A
RD 2.5Q A16a RD BU
/86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input15
B A4.X56 A4.X57 CAN: B
3
S.4 T.3
OLE1
INPUTMODULE1 A A
R8A R8
A4 ENGINEECU ENGINEECU
PROJ: 8920980_003
Kl.15.X
Verb.
=K 1 /93.E2
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
/93.E2
SELECTION L8A L8 ELECTRICALSOCKET
HEATERFLANGE HEATERFLANGE RADIO
+K2 E A700D A700D
F8
+M +M
1
/34.B3
A700D.DI2 A700D.DO2 GND GND
Kl.15
F29 25A X2 64 X2 39
30 86 WH A700D.X2 A700D.X2
=K+K6X1.S:65
64
39
/23.B2
V1 A4.X57 A4.X55
5
K01 A T.4 R.5
R29
Kl.30.F08
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
1
C C
OLE2
87 85
L29 1
Kl.30 +H5
Verb.
F010
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
GND
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
5A
WH 2Q
RD 25Q
+K6 HBR 2
65
1
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
Kl.30.X 1 V2 X1.S *
1
XMSP12 GND
X1.B
65
1
=K +K6 RD 25Q =H +K4
=K+K4X3:1
MP
1
X22b.S
WH 2Q
2 2 30.2 50 X22b.B
RD 25Q
BK 25Q
1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
RD 6Q
200A 100A
BK,BK 25Q,25Q
+H5
F03 F02 K04
WH 6Q
WH 2Q
D +H5 +H D
BK 25Q
BK 25Q
WH 2Q
1 1
+K2 +K2 +H2 * +H5 30.1 31
1
XMSP6.2 1 1 XMSP6.1 XMSP1 1 XMSP4.2 1 WH 1.5Q * 1
forbidden.
1 +H5
+H5 F07 =K
F01 10A
100A RD 2 * E2.X1 M7.X
1
RD 25Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
2 1 1
1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
BK 1.5Q
1 XMSP4.1 RD 25Q
RD 25Q
+K3
RD 1.5Q
+H RD 25Q +K2
E2
M7 M
BK 70Q
E RD 70Q RD 25Q 0 E
28
+ *
+ z X1.B 2 3
X
1
28
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
G1 G2 Kl.30.F07 RD 1.5Q 2
WH 1Q
* 30
ENGINESIDE/105.B6
1 W B+ D+ =K =K
BK 2Q M7.X
2
+H5 +H2
BK 2Q
S15 +M 3 XMSP1b
M +M 3
BK 2Q
M1 1
X
50 G3
2
/D+
+M
/81.B6
BK 70Q 31 R701
RD 70Q +K3 +K2
+H5 +H2 0 XMSP7a XMSP6b
/20.E3
/27.A5
BK 70Q B 9 7
F XMSP4.3 1 XMSP1c 6 BK 2.5Q F
P1.X1
1
ELECTRICKEYPAD
A 1 CAN: A
/94.D3 OUTLETA6
+K4 A18 PARKINGLIGHT
P1 +K4 A
h
WH 1Q
=K A18.PWM6
X2 3
INFO A18.X2
3
JUMPERX4RESERVE0OHMEXCITATION 2
P1.X2
WH 1Q
JUMPERX5RESERVE
BK 1Q
JUMPERX6220Ohm/5WattL550L586
B +K2 =K B
XMSP6b 5 +K2 OLDM.4
10
A4.X51 A4.X49
9
M.9 K.10
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4 A4
/51.A4
Kl.15
=K /51.A4 LEDGREEN =K
F15.1 PROFILELIGHT/PARKINGLIGHT
V80
+K2 +K2
Kl.30
L77 R77
F15.2
Kl.15
E E E
86 30
R9A R9B
C
220 V81 F6 3A F7 3A K2 F27 10A
C
VT VT RD
86 30 V10
A A A
K5 A A 85 87 87a A
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
V8 R6 R7 R27
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
E E E 85 87 87a
V82
O.1
8
D D
* * *
WH 1Q
forbidden.
+K6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
2
X1.S
X1.B
2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
+K6
19
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
6
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
/D+ WH 1Q
X1.S
X1.B
19
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
E E
/19.F5
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Kl.58aR
Kl.58aR
Kl.58aR
Kl.58aR
Kl.58aL
Kl.58aL
Kl.58aL
D+
3
/25.D3
/25.D6
/25.D6
/25.C8
/25.E4
/25.D2
/25.E5
F F
63
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1
19
19
22
37
23
46
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
B B
WH 1.5Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
WH 1Q
RD 1Q
+H
X28.B
1
PROJ: 8920980_003
1 2 X28.S
1
WH 1.5Q
B25.X
3
1
1 3 Y50.AF2
1
C C
B19.X B13.X B14.X B8.X Y13.X
1
gn vi 1
+H2 C 1 1 1 +H 1 +H3
B25 s +H +F3 Y13
+K6 +H1 Y50
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
Q UP
B13 B14 T C
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
0 B19 B8 0
0 0 0
0 + 0
2 2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sw ge B A 2 2 Y13.X Y50.AF2
2
2 4 B19.X B13.X B8.X
2
B25.X
2
BK 1.5Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
BK 1.5Q
+H
2
X28.S
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
X28.B
2
forbidden.
1 2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
BK 1.5Q
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
65
32
62
47
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A700D.X2 A16a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1
61
61
61
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1 65 X1 61 X1 32 X2 62 X1 47 X1 61 X1 61
A16a.GND A16a.GND A16a.24V A700D.AI11.2 A16a.RI1 A17a.GND_PWM6 A17b.GND_PWM6
+M D
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
EARTHTANKSENSOR GND PRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE VccPRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE A700D COOLANT LEVEL hydraulics oil temperature EARTHVENTILATOR EARTHFANREVERSAL
A16a A16a
A16a /93.D2 A16a A17a A17b
/86.E5 EARTH /86.D5 EARTH /86.E2 SUPPLY24V SIGNAL /86.C5 resistor input 2 /90.D5 EARTH /91.D5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: ENGINEECU CAN: CAN: CAN:
INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE2
F F
63
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1
37
22
19
19
7
23
46
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
B B
W160 +WL016 RD
W160 +WL016 BU
W160 +WL017 RD
X28.B
1
PROJ: 8920980_003
X28.S
1
B25.X
3
1
1 3
1
gn vi B19.X B13.X +H3
1
1 1 B14.X Y50.AF2
1
B25 +K6 1 B8.X Y13.X 1
1
C Q B19 P B13 +F3 1 1 +H3 C
B14 T Y13 Y50
sw ge 2 2 C
B8 0
B19.X B13.X 2 2
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
2 4
2
2
+K6 2 Y13.X Y50.AF2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
B25.X
2
2
B8.X +H3
2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
BK 1.5Q
B13a..X2
BK 1.5Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1Q
2
X28.S
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
D D
B13SteckverbindungSuperseal
X28.B
2
W160 +WL016 BK
W160 +WL017 BU
B13a.X
1
1
forbidden.
BK 1.5Q
B13a
L544L554
2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
B13a.X
2
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
32
62
47
61
61
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A700D.X2 A16a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1
X1 65 X1 32 X2 62 X1 47 X1 61 X1 61
E E
WH 1Q
A16a.GND A16a.24V =M A700D.AI11.2 A16a.RI1 A17a.GND_PWM6 A17b.GND_PWM6
+H3 +H3 +M +H3 +H3 +H3
A16a MasseTankgeber A16a D pressure accumulator A700D
brake KHLWASSERSTANDS. A16a Hydraulikltempertur A17a MasseLfter A17b MasseLfterumkehr
=M+M/34.D2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/35.D5 Masse /35.E2 Supply24V SIGNAL /35.B5 Widerstandseingang2 /37.D5 Masse /38.D5 Masse
CAN: CAN: MOTORECU CAN: CAN: CAN:
2
INPUTMODUL1 INPUTMODUL1 B13a..X2 INPUTMODUL1 OUTPUTMODUL1 OUTPUTMODUL2
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
60
A17b.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1
6
18
19
20
21
/19.C4
WH 1Q
B B
WH 1.5Q
Kl.30.F08
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+K6
30
X1.B
X1.S
RD 25Q
30
WH 1Q
88 86
C +H4 C
K11
1
B3a.X B3.X B4.X_1 B28.X Y20.JPT Y21.JPT
1
C C 1 1 1 1
+V1 +V1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
s s +H +K Y20 Y21
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+ + 0 2 2
0 0 2 2
B A B A Y20.JPT Y21.JPT
2
B3a.X B3.X B4.X_1 B28.X
2
BK 1.5Q
WH 25Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
D D
+H3
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
33
34
A16a.X1 A16a.X1
forbidden.
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
X1 33 X1 34
A16a.24V A16a.24V
1 +H3
A16a VccNLPCheck A16a VccNLP
+H4
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
M8 CAN: CAN:
0 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1
E 2 E
Kl.15
60
59
60
62
63
A17b.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1
46
X1 60 X1 59 X1 60 A700D.X2 X1 62 X1 63
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/56.E2
+H3 +H3 +H3 A700D.TI1.GND +H3 +H3
EARTHemergency steering GNDNLPCheck GNDNLP +M EARTHLFD EARTHLFD
A17b A16a A16a A17b A17b
/91.D5 EARTH /86.D5 EARTH /86.D5 EARTH A700D AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION /91.D5 EARTH /91.D5 EARTH
/93.E2
CAN: CAN: CAN: VACUUM CAN: CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 ENGINEECU OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2
F F
60
A17b.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 +M A16a.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1
18
19
21
6
20
+H3 +H3 +H3 =M +H3 +H3 +H3
=H =H =H =H
=K+K/4.C4
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
B B
Kl.30.F08
30
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+H4 +H5 X1.S
PROJ: 8920980_003
30
B3a.X B3.X
1
+K6
1 1 =K
+H4 +H5 +H
WH 1Q
B3a P B3 P B4.X_1
1
=H =H 1
+H4 +H4 2 2 +H
K11.X4 K11.X2 B4 P
1
1
B3a.X B3.X
2
=H 30.2 50 +H4 +H5
1
+H4 2 B28.X
K11 B4.X_1 1 +V1 +V1
2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
C +K Y20.JPT Y21.JPT C
1
+H B28 P +V1 1 +V1 1
30.1 31 Y20 Y21
K11.X3 K11.X1 2 0 0
1
1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
BK 1Q
2
=H =H Splice.X6 Y20.JPT Y21.JPT
2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
+V1 +V1
WH 1Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 25Q
WH 1Q
=M =K
+M +K6
29
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
46
A700D.X2 X1.S
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
X2 46
29
D =K =M A700D.TI1.GND D
+K6 +M
X2.B A700D LUFTFILTERVERSCHM.GND
4
=M+M/34.E2
X2.S UNTERDRUCK
4
1 MOTORECU
forbidden.
=H +K6
+H4 =K
M8 M
WH 1Q =H =H
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
=H +H3 +H3
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
Kl.15.6
62
63
2 +H3 A17b.X1 A17b.X1
60
A17b.X1 X1 62 X1 63
X1 60 =H A17b.GND_PWM7 =H A17b.GND_PWM8
GNDberMasseband
+H3 MasseLFD/Schaufelschwimmstellung
A17b MasseLFD/Schaufelschwimmstellung
A17b
A17b MasseNotlenkung =H+H/38.D5 Masse =H+H/38.D5 Masse
=H+H/38.D5 Masse CAN: CAN:
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2
/33.E4
/33.E4
CAN: CAN:
/87.C2 ANALOGUEuniversal /87.C2 ANALOGUEuniversal
A A16b DRIVINGLIGHT A16b HIGHBEAM A
+K2 +K2
X1.37
X1.37
A A
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
A16b.UI1 A16b.UI2
X1 4 X1 5
A16b.X1 A16b.X1
5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
4/7 5/7 2/7 3/7 S3.X2
4 5 2 3
=K =K =K =K
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
L R 49a 56b 56a 30 56
A4.X49 A4.X49 A4.X49 A4.X49
8
K.2 K.4 K.6 K.8
B B
A4 OUTPUTMODULE2
=K CAN:
+K1 LOWBEAM/DRIVINGLIGHT HIGHBEAM /91.F2 digital output 3
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K2
S3 A17b REVERSINGLIGHT
Kl.15
hb/lbF/A +H3
R LH A17b.DO3
0 E E E 30 86 E E 30 86 X1 37
L A17b.X1 X37b
1
37
WH 1.5Q K3 K3A
WH 1.5Q
+H3
F21 10A F4 7,5A F5 7,5A V9 F2 7,5A F3 7,5A V60
RD BN BN BN BN 0 +H3
/20.E7
1
87a 87 85 87a 87 85 X37a
A A A GND A A GND
WH 1.5Q
C C
R21 R4 R5 R2 R3
Kl.58aR
L21 L4 L5 L2 L3
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
A18.X2
4
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
A18.PWM7
WH 1.5Q
=K
+K4 A
/20.E5
A18 low beam A4.X44 A4.X45 A4.X45 F.5 A4.X45 A4.X45 +H4
1
3
6
/94.E3 OUTLETA7 E.3 F.3 F.1 F.6 Splice.X7
CAN: +H
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/45.E8
5
ELECTRICKEYPAD X16.S
Kl.58aL
/20.E6
/20.E6
/27.E7
X16.B
19
16
17
18
5
/27.E5
/20.E6
D X1.S X1.S D
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
B12.1
16
17
18
XE14l.b
Kl.49
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Kl.58aR
+K6
WH 1.5Q
/27.E6
/20.E5
/20.E6
/27.E5
1
WH 1.5Q
Kl.49
Kl.58aL
forbidden.
+K4
3
+K4 X22b.S
WH 1.5Q
XE14l.a XE14r.a *
1
2
X22b.S X22b.B 1 1
3
+H1 +H1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X22b.B
2
E14l E14r
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
SW 1.5Q
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
B12.X 2 2
5
5
1
XE14l.a. XE14r.a.
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
1 1 2 3 6 5 4 3 2 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 *
2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+H3 1 1
BK 1.5Q
E +V1 +V1 E
B12 P +B1 +K3 +K3 +B2
E3 E4
2
0 E1 E8 E9 E5 XE14l.b XE14r.b
0 H17 H20 E6 H52 H15 H50 H54 H56 H57 H55 H51 H16 H53 E7 H21 H18 0
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
2 0 0
B12.X 5 4 * 7 2 1 1 2 7 4 5
2
X16.B
6
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
E3.X E4.X *
1
1
SW 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
X16.S
BK 1.5QEXTEN
EXTENSION OF THE
6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
LICENCE-PLATE LIGHTING
FOR THEITALIAN-
+K3 +K3 +H2
VERSION
XMSP1b 9 10 XMSP7a 10 XMSP1c 4 XMSP1c 5 XMSP7b 1 XMSP1c 2 1
+H4 +H2
F Splice.X8 XMSP1c 3 F
A A
/7.B5
/7.B5
/7.E7
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
Kl.49a.2
/36.B2ANALOGUEUniversaleingang1 /36.B2ANALOGUEUniversaleingang2
Kl.49aL.2
Kl.49aR.2
A16b DRIVINGLIGHT A16b HIGHBEAM
+K2 +K2
A16b.UI1 A16b.UI2
5 S3.X2
S3.X2
S3.X2
S3.X2
X1 4 X1 5
A16b.X1 A16b.X1
+K1
+K1
+K1
+K1
5
2/7
4
4/7
5/7
3/7
+K1 +K1 +K1
S3.X1S3.X1S3.X1
3
2
3 2 5 4 5 2 3 A4.X49 A4.X49 A4.X49 A4.X49
8
K.2 K.4 K.6 K.8
B L R 49a 56b 56a 15 56 A4 B
=K
+K2 LOWBEAM/DRIVINGLIGHT HIGHBEAM
PROJ: 8920980_003
Kl.15
+K1
S3 E E E 30 86 E E 30 86
ab
0 K3 K3a
F21 F4 F5 F2 F3
L OR
a bc
C C
5
8JB0019333001 8JB0019333001
6
3
1
LBHID6200003 A18.PWM7 E.3 F.3 F.1 F.6 LBHID6200003
+K4
A18 Abblentlicht
/39.E4 OUTLETA7 E3.Xb +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 E4.Xb
19
16
17
18
CAN: X1.SX1.S X1.SX1.S
2
2
5
5
+V +V
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+V ELECTRIESKEYBOARD +V
17
18
19
16
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X321a X321b
/7.E6
/5.E5
/5.E6
/7.E5
58 58
D D
Kl.58aL.1
Kl.58aR.1
Kl.49.2
Kl.49.3
54 31 54 31
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
forbidden.
5
4
4
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+V +V
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
E3.Xa E4.Xa
5
5
install3-pin intstall 3pin
58 58
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
socket! 5 4 3 2 =V =V 2 3 4 5 socket!
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
+V1 +V1
+V E3 E4 +V
X321a H15 H50 H54 H56
H57 H55 H51 H16
X321b
E 0 0 E
1 1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
E3.Xa E4.Xa
1
1
31 54 54 31
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
E3.X E4.X
1
1
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
1.5Q,1.5Q BK,BK
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
XMSP1c 4 XMSP1c 5
1
1
E3.Xb E4.Xb
F F
3
/94.D3 OUTLETA1 * /94.C3 FLASHINGSPEEDINPUT ANALOGUEuniversal /87.C2
A18 HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT L.4 L.3 A18 HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT INDICATORSIGNAL A16b
+K4 A A4 +K4 A A +K2
A =K A18.PWM1 =K =K A18.Flasher A16b.UI3 A
X1 10 86 30 X1 6 6 X1
+K2
A18.X1 A18.X1 A16b.X1
6
10
K240 +K2
V53
85 87 87a
GND
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
L.1
A4.X50
1
RD 1.5Q
B WH 1.5Q
B
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
11
4
OLDM.6
A4 L.11
=K M.7
+K2
V89
C C
E 30 86 30 86 30 86 A 30 86 A 30 86 49 C A
L07B
V85 V86
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
V84 V83
GND
D V87 V88 D
forbidden.
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q 12
WH 1.5Q 5
WH 1.5Q 6
6
WH 1.5Q 10
M.12 L.5 L.6 M.10 U.6
OLDM.1 OLDM.3
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
+K1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
10
7
9
3 2 5 X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S
X1.B X1.B X1.B X1.B
10
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
E4/H16RIGHTFRONT
E3/H15LEFTFRONT
E1/H18RIGHTREAR
E5/H17LEFTREAR
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K
Kl.49
Kl.49
Kl.49
Kl.49
+K1
S3
0 hb/lbF/A
/25.D7
/25.E5
/25.D2
/25.E4
R LH
0
L
F F
ELECTRICKEYPAD ELECTRICKEYPAD
A OPT1 CAN: CAN: A
sw4
OPT3
/94.D3 OUTLETA3 /94.D3 OUTLETA4
OPT2
sw5 A18 WINDSCREENWIPER A18 WASHINGPUMPREAR
sw3
+K4 A +K4 A
=K A18.PWM3 =K A18.PWM4
X1 12 X2 1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
OUTPUTMODULE2 A18.X1 A18.X2
1
12
CAN:
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
/91.C2 PWMOutput2(Array
A17b OPTIONS
+H3 A =K
K5a.X K.12
3
2
4
B
A17b.PWM2 * B
12
X1 5 +K6 3 2 5 4 A4.X49
25
X1.S
SW 1.5Q
I 86 15 S
5
X1.B A4 A4
PROJ: 8920980_003
25
G
=K =K
WH 1.5Q +K1
WH 1.5Q
+K2 +K2
Kl.15
Kl.15
V2.X1 K5a 31b 31
1
1 6 1
0
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
0 E K5a.X 86 30 E
1
WH 1.5Q 6
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
6905155
V2 B10a B10.X1 K8
1
1
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
+H 1
WH 1.5Q
+H BU
V59
RD
V2.X2 1/1 +H +K2
C
B10 XMSP6a 10 85 87 87a C
A A
2 R20 GND R18
B10.X2 L20 L18
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
1
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
B10a.X2 +H
1
BK 1.5Q
+H
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
SW 1.5Q
GND GND
*
47
1
9
7
X1 47 E.9 K.1 E.7 *
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A17b.GND_PWM2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K
+H3 D
D EARTHOPTIONS +H2 D
A17b
/91.C5 EARTH 5 XMSP1a
CAN:
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
OUTPUTMODULE2
forbidden.
S3.X2
*
+K1
S3
3
3
1
4
*
1
1
1
1
1 4 3 1 1
4 3 1 1
H
1/7
0 1 + +
1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
swbl
M
wsbl
swbl
31b 53 53a M
bl
bl
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
+K1 +K4
53c
+K1 M4 +K2 M9
WH 1.5Q
M2 M 0 M3 M 0
6/7
0 1
6
E wash 0 2 0 2 E
53b
sw
31
2
7/7
7
2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q 2
1 M3.X
2
2
1
53
0 J 1
WH 1.5Q
J
7
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
7
WH 1.5Q
15
6
6
31b
WH 1.5Q
4 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
4
8 5 7 1
F F
Splice.X9
A ELEKTRICKEYPAD ELEKTRICKEYPAD A
CAN: CAN:
/39.D4 OutputA3 /39.D4 OutputA4
A18 SWindscreen wiper A18 windscreen washerrear
+K6 +K4 +K4
25
X1.S A18.PWM3 A18.PWM4
X1 12 X2 1
25
A18.X1 A18.X2
1
12
=H
+H
B10.X1 +K2 +K2
1
3
2
4
=H *
10
12
1 3 2 5 4 A4.X55 A4.X55 A4.X49
9
B +H B
I 86 15 S
B10 K.12
G
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4 A4
2 +K1 =K
B10.X2 =K K5 31b 31
+K2
1
Kl.15
+K2
Kl.15
+H 6 1
E
0 E
=H
1
30 86 86 30
BK 1.5Q
F20 K271 K8 F18
15A 10A
BU +K2 RD
V59
V44
XMSP6a 10
87a 87 85 85 87 87a A
A
BK 1.5Q
GND GND
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
+H2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
GND GND
5 XMSP1a
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
11
7
1
A4.X44
9
WH 1.5Q
D D
+K2 +K2 +K2
S3
+K1
* M3.X
M3.X * M3.X M9.X
1
0
4
M2.X1 M2.X2 M4.X
1
1
3
4
1
1 4 3 1 1
1/7 4 3 1 1
H
+
forbidden.
+
1
wsbl
swbl
31b 53 53a M
bl
31b 53 53a M +K4
wsbl
swbl
bl M9
+K2
53c
6/7 +K1 M4 M
M2 M 0 M3 0
6
2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
2
M9.X
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
31
sw
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
2
53b
7/7 M4.X
2
sw
31
S3.X2
7
2
2
M3.X
2
0 J 1
1
53
E +K2 E
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
J
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
7
7
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
15
6
6
31b
+K2 +K2
4 +K2 +K2 XMSP6a XMSP6a
4
7 1
S3.X1
XMSP6a 8 XMSP6a 5
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
WH 1.5Q
A A
U.5
A4.X58
5
A4
=K WORKINGPROJECTORFRONT
+K2
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.30
Kl.15
E1 E2 E1 E2
B 30 86 B
oder oder
30 86
Kl.30 KL.15 Kl.30 KL.15
F31A K31A F31B
PROJ: 8920980_003
V16 K31B
10A 10A V17
RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2 RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2
87a 87 85
A A 87a 87 85
R31A R31B
GND GND
L31A L31B
C C
GND GND
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
A18.X2
5
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
X2 5
=K A18.PWM8 A4.X46 A4.X46 A4.X46 A4.X46
8
+K4 A G.3 G.4 G.7 G.8
A18 WORKINGPROJECTORFRONT
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
/94.E3 OUTLETA8
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
CAN:
ELECTRICKEYPAD +K4 4 A4.46.4 +K4 8 A4.46.8
D X22a.B X22a.B D
4
+K2 +K2
1
X22a.S X22a.S
4
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
forbidden.
1
1
1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
1 1 1 1 1 1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
2
2
2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
+K3 +K2 +K3 +K2
XMSP7a 5 XMSP7a 6 XMSP6.18 1 XMSP7a 7 XMSP7a 8 XMSP6.18 2
OPTIONXENON OPTIONXENON
WORKINGPROJECTOR WORKINGPROJECTOR
F F
A4.X58
8
U.8
A4
A =K WORKINGPROJECTORREARAMREAR A
WH 1.5Q
+K2
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.30
Kl.15
E1 E2 E1 E2 V32C
oder 30 86 oder
Kl.30 KL.15 Kl.30 KL.15
F32A K32A F32B
V18
10A 10A 30 86
B RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2 RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2 B
87a 87 85
A A K32B
PROJ: 8920980_003
V19
R32A GND R32B
87a 87 85
L32A L32B
GND
X58
GND GND
/32.A7
C C
10
G.5 G.6 G.9 G.10
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
+K6 +K6
12
13
14
11
X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S
X1.B X1.B
11
13
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
D D
+H +H
3
1
X16.S X16.S
X16.B X16.B
1
3
forbidden.
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
A18.X2
6
X2 6
=K A18.PWM9 E16.X E17.X
1
1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
+K4 A 1 1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
+H1
A18 WORKINGPROJECTORREAR
/94.E3 OUTLETA9 E16 E17
CAN:
E ELECTRICKEYPAD 2 2 E
E16.X E17.X
2
2
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+H +H
X16.B X16.B
2
4
X16.S X16.S
2
4
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
+H2 +H2
F XMSP1a 2 XMSP1a 3 F
+K2
A4.X58
WH 1.5Q
U7
A4
A =K WORKINGPROJECTORREARAMCABROOF A
+K2
X58
0
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.30
Kl.15
V33C
/31.C8
E1 E2 E1 E2
oder 30 86 oder
Kl.30 KL.15 Kl.30 KL.15
F33A K33A F33B
V20
10A 10A 30 86
B RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2 RD E1 A E2 E1 A E2 B
87a 87 85
A A K33B
PROJ: 8920980_003
V21
R33A GND R33B
87a 87 85
L33A L33B
GND
GND GND
C C
WH 2Q 12
11
G.1 G.2 G.11 G.12
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
10
X22a.B X22a.B X22a.B X22a.B
7
9
WORKINGPROJECTOR X22a.S X22a.S WORKINGPROJECTOR WORKINGPROJECTOR X22a.S X22a.S WORKINGPROJECTOR
7
10
SIMPLE DOUBLE SIMPLE DOUBLE
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K =K
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
D X26.B X27.B X28.B X29.B D
1
1
X26.S X27.S X26a.S X28.S X29.S X28a.S
1
1
SW 1.5Q
+K3 +K3
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
forbidden.
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
2 2 2 2 2 2
E E12.X E12a.X E12.b.X E13.X E13a.X E13.b.X E
2
2
SW 1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
2
X26.S X27.S X26a.S X28.S X29.S X28a.S
X26.B X27.B X28.B X29.B
2
2
=K =K
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
F XMSP7a 3 XMSP7a 4 XMSP7a 1 XMSP7a 2 F
ELECTRICKEYPAD ELECTRICKEYPAD
A CAN: CAN: A
/94.D3 OUTLETA2 /94.D3 OUTLETA5
A18 WARNINGBEACON A18 REARWINDOWHEATER
+K4 A +K4 A
=K A18.PWM2 =K A18.PWM5
X1 11 OptionBACKUPALARM X2 2
A18.X1 OPTICALOPTIONALREVERSINGACTIVE A18.X2
2
11
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q BK 1.5Q =K
RD 1Q
H.4
A4.X47
4
B B
L.12 +K2 A4
12
10
A4.X50 A4.X50.12a S212.X1 S212.X2 +K2
3
1
=K
PROJ: 8920980_003
XMSP6e
Kl.15
3 10 1
+K2
A4
0
=K S212a
S212 =K
Kl.30
E 30 86
+K2 210
+K4 +K2
1 5 9 K10
E 30 86 F74 15A
S212.X1 S212.X2
9
BU V57
K9 87a 87 85
C
F25 10A A GND C
RD V58
R74
87a 87 85 L74
A GND
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
R25
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 1.5Q
L25 GND
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
A4.X47 A4.X47
2
GND
H.1 H.2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
=K =K
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
10
6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
35
36
X2.S X22a.S
6
X2.B +K3
35
36
forbidden.
=K+K4S212.X2:9
+K6 +K6 Splice.X11 WH 2.5Q
+K6 +K4
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
15
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
X1.S X22a.B
5
X22a.S
5
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
X1.37
X1.37
1
1
Verb. 1 1 +K2 1
E +K3 +K3 R12 E
/25.A8
/25.A8
R6a R6b
OLE4
H22.X 0 0 0
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
2 2 2
REVERSINGLIGHT
1
R6a.X R6b.X R12.X2
1
2
2
+K3
H22
BK 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
M =K
Masse
Splice.X12 BK 2.5Q
+K3 +K2
WH 1.5Q +K2
F
OPTIONMIRRORHEATING XMSP6.13 1 XMSP6c 1 F
RD 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K =K
A T1.X A
4
C.7 O.5 S.9 S.5
BK 2.5Q
1
A4.X42 A4.X53 A4.X56 A4.X56 4 1
5
+
24V
A4 A4 A4 +K2
=K =K =K T1 +K2
12V XMSP6a
Kl.30
4
+K2 +K2 +K2 0 + +
3 2 6 5
E E E T1.X
2
3
5
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
30 86 =K =K =K =K
F30 15A F75 10A F76 10A
BU RD RD
K12
WH 1.5Q
B B
V3
A 0 A A
R30 /19.B8 R75 R76
F8Kl.58 87a 87 85
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
GND GND GND
+K4 +K4
12
X22b.S X22a.B
11
C A4.X55 A4.X53 A4.X56 A4.X56 X22b.B X22a.S C
6
12
11
R.6 * O.3 S.7 S.3 +K4
WH 1.5Q RD 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
WH 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
3
XMSP6a =K =K =K
+K2
A3.X1
8
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
7 4 8
IGN +
D +K3 D
A3 RADIO
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
1
LSre LSli
W1
3 4 5 6 +K3
forbidden.
A3.X2
6
=K =K =K =K
RD 0.75Q
BK 0.75Q
BK 0.75Q
RD 0.75Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
RD<>BNRD
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
BK<>BN
X70.X1 X70.X2
2
+K4
1
E E
X71 1 2 +K5 1 2
+ X70 + B11l.X1 B11r.X1
1
10165605 10165605
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1 1
ELECTRICALSOCKET12V +K3 +K3
B11l B11r
CIGARETTE 2 2
LIGHTER
B11l.X2
1
24V B11r.X2
F F
=K =K
A11.X1 A11.X1
7
X1 8 X1 7
3
A 2 4
A
23 =K A11.CAN_Low =K A11.CAN_High A
+K4 A +K4 A
5
20 30 A
13
A11 CAN_Low A11 CAN_High
10
40
A
90
100
11
0
12 MP /95.E4 CAN_Low /95.D4 CAN_High
mph check CAN: CAN:
CANBUS3
50
40
120
km/h
2
0
A13.X2
1
+K1 MAINKEYBOARD MAINKEYBOARD
1 +K1
A13 1/2 MAINKEYBOARD MAINKEYBOARD MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE
BK 1.5Q
3/
1/
4 4
T =K CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
1/1
STOP rpm
time
N /95.D4 CAN_Low /95.D4 CAN_High /85.C1 /85.C1
A11 A11 A15 A15
hours
4
X1 4 X1 3 .CAN.X 2 .CAN.X 7
A11.X1 A11.X1 A15.CAN.X A15.CAN.X
2
4
7
=K =K =K =K +K4 +K4
PROJ: 8920980_003
=K =K =K =K
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
=K =K
13
14
A22.X1 A22.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1
7
X1 8 X1 7 X1 13 X1 14
A22.CAN_Low A22.CAN_High A21.CAN1 A21.CAN1
C +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A C
A22 CAN_Low A22 CAN_High A21 CAN1_LowINPUT A21 CAN1_HighINPUT
/99.C2 CAN_Low /99.C2 CAN_High /96.C2 CAN1_Lowᕮ /96.C2 CAN1_Highᕮ
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
PREPARATION A A A A
+K2 COLOURGRAPHICDISPLAY
0.5Q
WH 0.5Q
X1 4 X1 3 X1 16 X1 17
BK
16
17
D E D
=K =K
F10 5A
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
LBN A13a.X
1
2
forbidden.
+K1
A
R10 =K =K =K =K
L10
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
3
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
X1 8 X1 7 X1 4 X1 3
A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High
WH 0.5Q
BK 1.5Q
GND A A A A
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
E * F.11 A19 CAN_Low A19 CAN_High A19 CAN_Low A19 CAN_High E
A4.X45 /98.D4 CAN_Low /98.D4 CAN_High /98.C4 CAN_Low /98.C4 CAN_High
11
A19.X2
8
3
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
RD 1Q
+K2 BU 1Q
XMSP6b 2 +K2
F XMSP6c 8 F
7
A
X1 8 X1 7 A
3
2 4
A A11.CAN_Low A11.CAN_High
23
+K4 +K4 CANCONNECTION3(C)
5
20 30 A
13
A11 CAN_Low A11 CAN_High
40
10
A
90
100
11
0
12 MP /40.C4 CAN_Low /40.C4 CAN_High
mph check
CAN: CAN:
50
2
120
40
km/h
0
A13.X2 HAUPTTASTATUR HAUPTTASTATUR
1
+K1 1
A13 1/2
+K1 HAUPTTASTATUR HAUPTTASTATUR MasterModul MasterModul
BK 1.5Q
4 3/
1/ 4
T CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
1/1
STOP rpm
time
hours N /40.C4 CAN_Low /40.C4 CAN_High /33.C1 /33.C1
+K2 A11 CAN_Low A11 CAN_High A15 CANLOW3 A15 CANHIGH3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
6 XMSP6a +K4 +K4 +K2 +K2
A11.CAN_Low A11.CAN_High A15.CAN3L A15.CAN3H
A13.X1
3
1
4
2
B X1 4 X1 3 .CAN.X 2 .CAN.X 7 B
A11.X1 A11.X1 A15..CAN.X A15..CAN.X
3
4
7
W156 +WL006 BU
W156 +WL006 RD
W156 +WL010 BU
W156 +WL010 RD
PROJ: 8920980_003
W156 +WL005 RD
W156 +WL005 BU
+K4 +K4
13
14
A22.X1 A22.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1
7
X1 8 X1 7 X1 13 X1 14
A22.CAN_Low A22.CAN_High A21.CAN1 A21.CAN1
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
A22 CAN_Low A22 CAN_High A21 CAN1_LowIN A21 CAN1_HighIN
C /43.C2 CAN_Low /43.C2 CAN_High /41.C4 CAN1_LowIN /41.C4 CAN1_HighIN C
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
WH 0.5Q
17
4
16
Kl.15
+K4 +K4
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K2
W156 +WL045 BU
W156 +WL045 RD
W156 +WL034 BU
W156 +WL034 RD
D E D
F10
5A
LBN +K4 +K4
forbidden.
3
8
4
A X1 8 X1 7 X1 4 X1 3
A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High A19.CAN_Low A19.CAN_High
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
F.11
A19.X2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
3
4
8
7
+K2 W156 +WL036 RD
XMSP6b 2 W156 +WL036 BU
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE
CAN: CAN:
/85.C1 /85.C1
A15 CANLOW1 A15 CANHIGH1
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE1
A +K2 A +K2 A A
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
=K A15.CAN1L =K A15.CAN1H
.CAN.X 4 .CAN.X 5
A15.CAN.X A15.CAN.X
5
=K =K
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
B +K6 B
A17a.X1.43.57 A17a.X1.43.57
38
39
2
X1.S X1.S +H3 +H3
X1.B X1.B
PROJ: 8920980_003
38
39
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
CANBUS1
BU 1Q
40
54
44
58
44
58
C A700D.X2 A700D.X2 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 C
X2 40 X2 54 X1 44 X1 58 X1 44 X1 58
A700D.CAN1L.1 A700D.CAN1R A17a.CAN_Low A17a.CAN_High A16c.CAN_Low A16c.CAN_High
+M +M +H3 D +H3 +H3 D +H3
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
A700D CAN1LOW A700D CAN1HIGH A17a CANlow A17a CANhigh A16c CANlow A16c CANhigh
+M +M +H3 D +H3 +H3 D +H3
D A700D.CAN1L.2 A700D.CAN1H.1 A17a.CAN_Low A17a.CAN_High A16c.CAN_Low A16c.CAN_High
D
X2 9 X2 8 X1 43 X1 57 X1 43 X1 57
A700D.X2 A700D.X2 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1
9
43
57
43
57
forbidden.
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
43
57
44
58
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 +H3 +H3
X1 43 X1 57 X1 44 X1 58 A16a.X1.44 XA16a.X1.58
1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
A A
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
WH 1.5Q
43
29
A17c.X1 A17c.X1
INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 X1 43 X1 29
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A17c.CAN_Low A17c.CAN_Res
/87.C5 CANlow /87.D5 CANhigh /87.C5 CANlow /87.D5 CANhigh +H3 D +H3
A16b CANlow A16b CANhigh A16b CANlow(CANEm. A16b CANhigh(CANEm A17c CANlow(CANEm.CAN_Resverb.) A17c RESERVE
B +K2 D +K2 +K2 D +K2 /92.C5 CANlow /92.E2 CANMATCHINGRESISTOR B
A16b.CAN_Low A16b.CAN_High A16b.CAN_Low A16b.CAN_High CAN: CAN:
X1 44 X1 58 X1 43 X1 57 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3
PROJ: 8920980_003
44
58
43
57
OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN: CAN:
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
/92.C5 CANlow /92.D5 CANhigh
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
A17c CANlow A17c CANhigh
+H3 D +H3
A17c A17c.CAN_High
A17b..X1.43.57 A17b..X1.43.57 X1 44 X1 58
1
A15.CAN.X A15.CAN.X
6
+K +K A17c.X1 A17c.X1
44
58
C .CAN.X 3 .CAN.X 6 +K6 C
58
59
=K A15.CAN2L =K A15.CAN2H X1.S X1.S
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
58
59
A15 CANLOW2 A15 CANHIGH2
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
/85.C1 /85.C1
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
CAN: CAN:
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE
44
58
A16d.X1 A16d.X1
X1 44
A16d.CAN_Low
X1 58
A16d.CAN_High
CANBUS2
+H3 D +H3
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
44
58
A16d CANlow A16d CANhigh A17b.X1 A17b.X1
/89.C5 CANlow /89.D5 CANhigh X1 44 X1 58
D CAN: CAN: A17b A17b.CAN_High D
INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 +H3 D +H3
INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 A17b CANlow A17b CANhigh
CAN: CAN: /91.C5 CANlow /91.D5 CANhigh
forbidden.
57
A16d A16d OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 A17b.X143a A17b.X1
1
CANlow(Resverb.) CANhigh(Resverb.)
+H3 D +H3 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 X1 57
A16d.CAN_Low A16d.CAN_High CAN: CAN: A17b.CAN_High
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
57
RD 1Q
A17b.X1 A17b.X1
43
29
WH 1.5Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K +K
A17b.X1.44 A17b.X1.58
1
ERECTIONOUTPUTMODULE3
CANEND
(JUMPER)
REMOVE!
F F
SUPPLYELECTRICKEYPAD SUPPLYMAINKEYBOARD
A A
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
/27.A5 F07Kl.30
E
F71 10A
RD
B
XMSP6b 1
B
A
Kl.30
+K2
R71
XMSP6b 3
L71 +K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
GND
* A4.X42 * A4.X42
4
C.4 C.6
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
C C
A11.X1 A11.X1
2
1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
X1 1 X1 5 X1 2 =K A11.Kl15 =K A11.GND
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
D D
SUPPLYOPTIONKEYPAD SUPPLYHEAT/AIRCONKEYBOARD
forbidden.
/51.B6
/51.B6
XMSP6c 6 XMSP6c 7
+K2 +K2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
Kl.15
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
5
1
1
X1 1 X1 5 X1 2 X1 1 X1 2 X1 5
A19.Kl15 A19.Kl15 A19.GND A22.Kl15 A22.GND A22.Kl15
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
A19 INFORMATIONINPUT A19 SUPPLYKl.15 A19 SUPPLYEARTH A22 INFORMATIONINPUT A22 SUPPLYEARTH A22 SUPPLYKl.15
/98.C4 INFORMATIONINPUT /98.D4 SUPPLY /98.C4 SUPPLYEARTH /99.C2 INFORMATIONINPUT /99.C2 SUPPLYEARTH /99.C2 SUPPLY
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
F OPTIONSKEYBOARD OPTIONSKEYBOARD OPTIONSKEYBOARD HEAT/AIRCON HEAT/AIRCON HEAT/AIRCON F
SUPPLYMASTERMODULE SUPPLYDIAGNOSTICPLUG
MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE
A CAN: CAN: CAN: A
/85.C5 /85.B5 /85.B5
A.4 A15 SIGNALGround(S A15 Receive(RXD) A15 Transmit(TXD)
A4.X40 +K2 +K2 +K2
4
A A A
=K A15.GND =K A15.RXD =K A15.TXD
A4 .COM4.X 5 .COM4.X 2 .COM4.X 3
=K A15.COM4.X A15.COM4.X A15.COM4.X
2
5
3
Kl.30
Kl.15
+K2
=K =K =K
E E
B B
RD HBR
A A
R35 R54
A4
L35 L54 =K
+K2
Kl.30
GND GND
C E C
XMSP6b 9 XMSP6b 10
+K2 +K2
F26 10A
BK 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
RD
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
A4.X42
8
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
A
C.8
R26
L26
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
D D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
forbidden.
A4.X40 A4.X40
10
A.9 A.10
RD 1.5Q RD 1.5Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
A9Kl.30
XMSP6b 4
+K2
E BK 1.5Q E
A15.X A15.X A15.X A15.X /79.C6
5
6
1
G
B
I
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: X60
MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE MASTERMODULE
F
DIAGNOSTICPLUG F
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE2 SUPPLYINPUTMODULE1
A A
A4 A4
=K =K
Kl.15
Kl.15
Kl.15
+K2 +K2
E E E
C C
5
11
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
OLE7
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K6
41
Verb.
41
1
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K6
40
forbidden.
X1.S
=H+H3A17c.X1:2,=K+K6X2.S:33
X1.B
40
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
16
30
16
30
A16b.X1 A16b.X1 A16b.X1 A16b.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1
31
31
2
2
E X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 E
A16b.24V_logic A16b.GND_logic A16b.24V A16b.GND A16a.24V_logic A16a.GND_logic A16a.24V A16a.GND
WH 1.5Q
A16b VBatt24VLog A16b EARTHLOGIK A16b VBatt24V A16b SUPPLYEARTH A16a VBatt24VLog A16a SUPPLYGNDLOGIK A16a VBatt24V A16a SUPPLYEARTH
/87.C2 SUPPLY24V /87.D2 EARTHLOGICALPART /87.E2 SUPPLY24V /87.E2 EARTH /86.C2 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART /86.D2 EARTHLOGICALPART /86.E2 SUPPLY24V /86.E2 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1
X
/48.C2
F F
SUPPLYOutputmodule1
A A
A4
=K
Kl.15
Kl.15
+K2
Kl.15
E E
E
F47 10A F48 10A
F43 5A RD RD
VI
B B
A A
A
R43 R47 R48
PROJ: 8920980_003
C C
A4.X56 A4.X44 A4.X44
8
11
10
S.11 E.8 E.10
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
+K2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Splice.X2 WH 1.5Q Splice.X2.F43KL.15
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
/44.C2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
OLE8
Verb.
43
44
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
43
44
1
D D
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
=K+K6X2.S:64
forbidden.
16
15
17
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
3
WH 1.5Q
1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
X1 2 X1 16 X1 1 X1 3 X1 15 X1 17
A17a.24V_logic A17a.GND_logic A17a.24V_B1 A17a.GND A17a.24V_B2 A17a.GND
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A
E A17a VBatt24VLog A17a SUPPLYEARTHLOGICALPART A17a VBatt24VBank1 A17a SUPPLYEARTH A17a SUPPLY24VBank2 A17a SUPPLYEARTH E
/90.C1 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART /90.D1 EARTHLOGICALPART /90.B1 SUPPLY24VBANK1 /90.C1 EARTH /90.D1 SUPPLY24VBank2 /90.D1 EARTH
Kl.15
F F
SUPPLYOutputmodule1 SUPPLYOutputmodule2
A4 Kl.15 Kl.15 A4
=K =K
Kl.15
Kl.15
A A
+K2 +K2
E E E E
A A A A
R59 R60 R51 R52
L59 L60 L51 L52
B B
GND GND GND GND
PROJ: 8920980_003
11
D.4 D.5 C.3 C.11
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
46
50
51
X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S
X1.B X1.B X1.B X1.B
45
46
50
51
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
32
34
32
34
A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1
X1 32 X1 34 X1 32 X1 34
A17b.V_DO1 A17b.V_DO2 A17a.V_DO1 A17a.V_DO2
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
A17b VBattSUPPLYDO1 A17b SUPPLYSUPPLYDO A17a SUPPLYSUPPLYDO1 A17a SUPPLYSUPPLYDO2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/91.E2 SUPPLY /91.E2 SUPPLY /90.E1 SUPPLYfor digital output1 /90.E1 SUPPLYforDIGTALOUTPUT2
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
D OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 D
OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/91.E2 digital output 1 XMSP1b 1 XMSP1b 2 /91.E2 digital output2 /90.E1 digital output1 XMSP1b 7 XMSP1b 8 /90.E1 digital output2
forbidden.
A17b 2.ASTpump1 +H2 +H2 A17b 2.ASTTRANSMISSION A17a 2.ASTJoystickzuM2/28 +H2 +H2 A17a 2.ASTpump2zuM2/14
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A17b.DO1 A17b.DO2 A17a.DO1 A17a.DO2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
X1 33 X1 35 X1 33 X1 35
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
35
33
35
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
28
26
12
14
28
26
12
14
A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1
X1 28 X1 26 X1 12 X1 14 X1 28 X1 26 X1 12 X1 14
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
SUPPLYOutputmodule2
A4
A =K A
Kl.15
Kl.15
+K2
E E
A A
B R55 R56 B
L55 L56
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND GND
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE2
A4.X40 A4.X43
12
6
/42.C3
C A.12 D.6 C
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Splice.X2.F43KL.15
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
48
49
X1.S X1.S
X1.B X1.B
48
49
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
D D
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
16
15
17
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
3
1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
X1 2 X1 16 X1 1 X1 3 X1 15 X1 17
A17b.24V_logic A17b.GND_logic A17b.24V_B1 A17b.GND A17b.24V_B2 A17b.GND
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A
E A17b VBatt24VLOGICALPART A17b VBattEARTH A17b VBatt24VBank1 A17b SUPPLYEARTH A17b VBatt24VBank2 A17b SUPPLYEARTH E
/91.C2 SUPPLY24V /91.D2 EARTHLOGICALPART /91.B2 SUPPLY24V /91.C2 EARTH /91.D2 SUPPLY24VBank2 /91.D2 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
SUPPLYOutputmodule2 OPTIONBackupALARMCANBESWITCHEDOFF
OUTPUTMODULE2
A4 Kl.15 Kl.15 CAN:
A4 Kl.15
=K Digitalausgang4 /91.F2 =K
A A17b +K2 A
+K2 BackupALARM
E E E
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+H3
A17b.DO4
39 X1
F61 10A F62 10A S43.X1 S43.X2 F22 10A
9
1
RD RD A17b.X1 RD
39
1 9
=K
10
A A +K4 A
R61 R62 S43 R22
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
R 0
L61 L62 L22
5 10
S43.X1 S43.X2
10
B B
OPTIONᕪ
WH 1.5Q
GND GND GND
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
Rear side/ERECTIONUPbonnet
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X44
5
A4.X43 A4.X42
5
10
WH 1.5Q
21
22
X2.S X2.S
X2.B
21
X2.B
22
+K6 +K6
OLE9
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
C C
Verb.
H22a.X1 B16a.X1
WH 1.5Q
B16c.X1
1
1 +H1 B16.X +H5 B16b.X
1
1
+H1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
1
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
=K+K4S43.X2:9
0
2 +H1 +H5
2 B16a.X1
2
H22a.X2 B16c.X1 B16.X B16b.X
1
2
BK 1.5Q
+K6 +K6
53
52
20
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1.S
X1.B X1.B
52
53
X1.B
20
D D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
E200.X
9
*
1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K4
WH 1.5Q
E200
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
2
E200.X
10
E E
B12.1
BK 1.5Q
54
A17b.X1
36
38
A17b.X1 A17b.X1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
54 X1
/25.D1
X1 36 X1 38
A17b.V_DO3 A17b A17b.GND_DO4
STOPLIGHT
CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2
F F
39
S43.X1 S43.X2 RD
9
RD RD
+H3 1 9
A A =H =K 10
A
+K4
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
S43
0
=K 5 10
Rckfahrwarneinrichtungoptisch +K4 S43.X1 S43.X2
10
B GND GND GND B
S43a
S2 R
Heckseitig/MontageaufMotorhaube 6905201
6002120 0
=K A4.X44
5
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X43 A4.X42
5
10
WH 1.5Q
+K6
21
22
X2.S X2.S
Verb. A4.X44:5
X2.B X2.B
22
21
WH 1.5Q
+H5 +K6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
B16.X
1
=H
B16c.X1 B16a.X1
WH 1.5Q
H22a.X1 +H5
1
C 1 +H1 +H5 B16b.X
1
1 1 C
+H1 =H
1
H22a M +H5 +H5
0 B16 B16
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
=K+K4S43.X2:9
0 0
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
2 =H
+H1 2 +H5 2
2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
=K =K H22a.X2 B16b.X
2
2
B16c.X1 B16a.X1
+K6 +K6 +H5
53
52
20
B16.X
2
X1.B X1.B X1.S
52
53
+H5 X1.B
20
+K6 +K6
=K =K
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
D D
WH 1.5Q
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
=H
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
B12.1.2
+H3 +H3 +H3
54
A17b.X1
36
38
A17b.X1 A17b.X1
X1 36 X1 38 54 X1
A17b.GND_DO4 =H
=K+K/7.D1
E =H A17b.V_DO3 =H A17b E
+H3 +H3 +H3
VBattDO3 Reserve Reserve A17b
A17b A17b Masse =H+H/51.D5
=H+H/51.F2
VersorgungfrDigitalausgang3
=H+H/51.F2
VersorgungfrDigitalausgang4
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Bremslicht
OUTPUTMODUL2 OUTPUTMODUL2 OUTPUTMODUL2
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
+K2
+K2
A4.X40.3a
1
WH 1.5Q Kl.30a
A.3 1
A A
SUPPLYLHECUUP/CR A4.X40
OLE10
A4
RD 6Q
=K +K6
Verb.
37
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.30
+K2 X1.S
X1.B
37
E E E
1
F36 40A F24 10A F38 5A
=K
=K+K2K216:87
OG RD LBN
1
WH 1.5Q
B +K2.RH B
+K2
A A A
F216
R36 R24 R38
5A
PROJ: 8920980_003
RD 1.5Q
GND GND GND
68
A700D.X2
X2 68
A4.X40 A4.X40 A4.X41 A700D.15
1
2
+M
A.1 A.2 +K2
B.2
A700D IGNITION
/93.B2
C XMSP6c 2 XMSP6c 3 ON C
+K3 21
+K2 ENGINEECU
S216
22
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
XMSP6c 4
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K
D +K2.RH 30 D
+K6 +K6 +K6
54
55
24
21
56
57
X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S X1.S +K2
X1.B X1.B X1.B X1.B
54
21
55
24
X1.B X1.B K216
56
57
forbidden.
0 15 31 87a 87 10022680
BK 1.5Q
10022680
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
0
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
E E
+K2
XMSP12.1 1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
15
16
3
1
X2 1 X2 15 X2 2 X2 16 X2 4 X2 3
A700D.30.1 A700D.31.2 A700D.30.2 A700D.31.3 A700D.30.3 A700D.31.1
+M +M +M +M +M +M
A700D SUPPLY30b A700D EARTH A700D SUPPLY30b A700D EARTH A700D SUPPLY30b A700D EARTH OPTIONLAGGING AUTOMATICS
/93.B2 /93.C2 /93.C2 /93.C2 /93.C2 /93.C2
PERFORMANCEPART PERFORMANCEPART PERFORMANCEPART PERFORMANCEPART ELECTRONICS ELECTRONICS
ENGINEECU ENGINEECU ENGINEECU ENGINEECU ENGINEECU ENGINEECU
F F
SUPPLYOutputmodul3
A4
=K
Kl.15
Kl.15
A A
+K2
CONNECTWITHA4.X56.12F43
E E
A A
R63 R64
B B
L63 L64
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND GND
/41.F1
X
A4.X41 A4.X41
10
+K2 +K2
C C
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
28
29
X2.S X2.S X2.S
D D
X2.B X2.B X2.B
33
28
29
+K6 +K6 +K6
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
16
15
17
A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
3
1
X1 2 X1 16 X1 1 X1 3 X1 15 X1 17
A17c.24V_logic A17c.GND_logic A17c.24V_B1 A17c.GND A17c.24V_B2 A17c.GND
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A
A17c VBatt24VLOGICALPART A17c VBattEARTHLOGICALPART A17c VBatt24VBank1 A17c SUPPLYEARTH A17c SUPPLY24VBank2 A17c SUPPLYEARTH
/92.C2 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART /92.D2 EARTHLOGICALPART /92.B2 SUPPLY24VBANK1 /92.C2 EARTH /92.D2 SUPPLY24VBank2 /92.D2 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3
F F
SUPPLYOutputmodule3
A4 OUTPUTMODULE3
=K CAN:
Kl.15
Kl.15
A /92.C2 PWMOutput1(Bank1) A
+K2
A17c VccCUTOFFLIGHTING
+H3 A
E E A17c.PWM1
X1 4
WH 1.5Q
A
R65
A
R66
SUPPLYELECTRICKEYPAD
B
L65 L66 A4 B
=K
+K2 +K6
SUPPLYMAINKEYPAD
Kl.15
32
PROJ: 8920980_003
32
F71
10A
RD
A
WH 1.5Q
A4.X40 A4.X40
6
11
C GND C
* A4.X42 * A4.X42
6
XMSP1d 4 XMSP1d 5
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
C.4 C.6
12
A4.X48 A4.X48
8
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+H2 +H2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
I.12
I.8
A4
=K
SUPPLYOPTIONS/KLIMATASTATUR
+K2
A18.X1.1b
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
+K6 +K6 +K4 30 86
30
31
31
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K6 +K6 V48
+K4 0
A18.X1.1a 87a 87 85
1
forbidden.
A18.X1
1
X1 1 V36 V37
A18.Kl15 GND
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K4 A
WH 1.5Q
A18 INFORMATIONINPUT MP MP
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
/52.C3 INFORMATIONINPUT
I.10
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
I.11
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
CAN:
ELECTRIESKEYBOARD
A4.X48
10
E E
14
12
28
26
X1 14 X1 12 X1 28 X1 26
A17c.24V_B3 A17c.GND A17c.24V_B4 A17c.GND
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3
A17c
/92.D2
SUPPLY24VBank3
SUPPLY24VBank3
A17c
/92.C2
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
A17c
/92.E2
SUPPLY24VBank4
SUPPLY24VBank4
A17c
/92.E2
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
OPTIONAUTOMATICLIGHTING
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CUTOFF(ABA)
OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3
F F
+K2
A4.Kl.15.a
A OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 A
1
* CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/92.C2 PWMOutput2(Bank1) /92.C2 PWMOutput3(Bank1) /92.C2 PWMOutput4(Bank1) /92.D2 PWMOutput5(Bank2)
A17c 3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1 A17c 3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2 A17c 4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1 A17c 4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A
A17c.PWM2 A17c.PWM3 A17c.PWM4 A17c.PWM5
WH 6Q
WH 6Q
X1 5 X1 6 X1 7 X1 18
A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1
18
B
=K B
+K2.RH
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
1 1
F209 F210
5A 10A
LBN 2 RD 2
C C
1
1 2
+K2 +K2 +V1 1 +V1 1 +V1 1 +V1 1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
0 0 0 0
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2 2 2 2
Y11a.JPT Y12a.JPT Y11b.JPT Y12b.JPT
2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
55
56
57
D X2.S X2.S X2.S X2.S D
X2.B X2.B X2.B X2.B
54
55
56
57
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
16
30
47
48
49
50
A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1
31
2
E E
X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 X1 47 X1 48 X1 49 X1 50
A16d.24V_logic A16d.GND_logic A16d.24V A16d.GND A17c.GND_PWM2 A17c.GND_PWM3 A17c.GND_PWM4 A17c.GND_PWM9
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
A4
=K
Kl.15
Kl.15
+K2
A A
/20.B2
F15.1 E E
A A
/39.E3
/39.E8
F15.3 R15 R9
L15 L9
Kl.15
Kl.15
B B
GND GND
PROJ: 8920980_003
10
E.4 F.9
WH 1Q
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input9 /86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input10 /87.D2 ANALOGUEUniversal /87.D2 ANALOGUEUniversal /87.C2 ANALOGUEUniversal /87.C2 ANALOGUEUniversal /87.C2 ANALOGUEUniversal
A16a CONTROLLEVERFORWARD1 A16a CONTROLLEVERBACKWARD1 A16b CONTROLLEVERFORWARD2 A16b CONTROLLEVERBACKWARD2 A16b CONTROLLEVEROption1 A16b CONTROLLEVEROption2 A16b CONTROLLEVEROption3
C +H3 A +H3 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A +K2 A C
A16a.UI9 A16a.UI10 A16b.UI5 A16b.UI6 A16b.UI9 A16b.UI10 A16b.UI11
X1 8 X1 9 X1 18 X1 19 X1 8 X1 9 X1 10
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16b.X1 A16b.X1 5 XMSP6c A16b.X1 A16b.X1 A16b.X1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
9
18
19
10
WH 1Q
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+K2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+K
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
Splice.X3
WH 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K6 +K6
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
22
23
X1.B X1.B
D D
X1.S X1.S
22
23
1
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
2
WH 1Q +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
forbidden.
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
10
S222.X1 S222.X2
6
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
5 6 10
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
0
S222
OPT1 10
E sw4 +K4 E
OPT3 1 7 2 8 9
10
12
S2.X
11
sw5
4
9
S222.X1 S222.X2
1
9
OPT2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
4 2 5 3 1 6 8 7 9 10 11 12 sw3
VNR
+K4
S2
COMFORTCONTROLVIA1<>5
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
0 3CONTROLCIRCUITVIA1<>5AND6<>2
S2.1 S2.2 S2.3 S2.4 INFOASSEMBLYINSTRUCTIONS!
LHCONTROLLEVERVNRANDOPTIONS
OLE5 Verb. 1 =K+K4S222.X2:9
F =K+K4S222.X2:10 F
OLE6 Verb. 1
Ersteller DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16
Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe lbhhae0
LHCONTROLLEVER 51
Zustand nderung Datum Name Datum 27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH SWITCHCOMFORTCONTROL3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
35
21
20
34
39
25
21
35
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
B 1 3 1 3 B
+K6 +K6
PROJ: 8920980_003
12
14
15
X2.B X2.B
11
X2.S X2.S
12
11
14
15
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
2 2
C C
R1.X R5.X
4
6
1
1
1 4 6 1 4 6
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
3 3
+ signal signal
+ + signal signal
+
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+K6 +K6
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
R1 R5
2 5 2 5
R1.X R5.X
2
2
5
5
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
D D
2 2
13
16
forbidden.
X2.S X2.S
X2.B X2.B
13
16
+K6 +K6
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E 1 3 1 3 E
63
62
A16a.X1 A16b.X1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
67
63
X1 63 X1 62 A16a.X1 A16b.X1
A16a.GND A16b.GND X1 67 X1 63
+H3 +K2 A16a.GND A16b.GND
A16a EARTHInchPot.1 A16b EARTHInchPot.2 +H3 +K2
/86.D5 EARTH /87.D5 EARTH A16a EARTHthrottle transmitter1 A16b EARTHthrottler transmitter
CAN: CAN: /86.E5 EARTH /87.D5 EARTH
INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE2 CAN: CAN:
INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE2
F F
4
11
10
22
23
21
B B
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
C C
1
Y6.X
A
D
1 1 1 1
B
Y6 2 2 2 2
Y16.JPT YEP1.DT YEP2.DT Y57.DT
2
0
E F G H
Y6.X
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F
E
D D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
53
52
50
46
64
65
63
A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1
51
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1 53 X1 51 X1 52 X1 50 X1 46 X1 64 X1 65 X1 63
A17a.GND_PWM12 A17a.GND_PWM10 A17a.GND_PWM11 A17a.GND_PWM9 A17b.GND_PWM1 A17a.GND_PWM13 A17a.GND_PWM14 A17a.GND_PWM8
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 D +H3 D +H3 +H3 +H3
A17a EARTHModulation A17a EARTHTRAVELRANGES2 A17a EARTHTRAVELRANGES3 A17a EARTHTRAVELRANGES1 A17b EARTHoverspeed A17a EARTHoil engine1 A17a EARTHoil engine2 A17a Swivel angle limitation.oil engine1
/90.C5 EARTH /90.C5 EARTH /90.C5 EARTH /90.C5 EARTH /91.C5 EARTH /90.D5 EARTH /90.E5 EARTH /90.D5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1
F F
5
24
25
20
WH 1Q
B B
+K6
PROJ: 8920980_003
26
X1.B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X1.S
26
BU 1Q
WH 1Q
1
C C
H40.X1
1
+
Y2.DT Y3.DT Y2a.DT Y3a.DT Y15.JPT Y15a.JPT B45.X
3 +K2
1
1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
B H40
1 1 1 1 1 1
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+H +H +H +H +H +H
Y2 Y3 Y2a Y3a Y15 Y15a s 0
H40.X2
1
+H4
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
0 0 0 0 0 0 B45 IP
2 2 2 2 2 2 +
0
Y2.DT Y3.DT Y2a.DT Y3a.DT Y15.JPT Y15a.JPT C A
2
BK 1Q
B45.X
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
1
+K6
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
20
RD 1Q
X2.S
forbidden.
X2.B
20
+K6
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
BK 1Q
E E
66
67
50
48
49
A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A16a.X1
51
41
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
62
X1 66 X1 67 X1 50 X1 51 X1 48 X1 49 X1 41 A17a.X1
A17a.GND_PWM15 A17a.GNDPWM16 A17b.GND_PWM9 A17b.GND_PWM10 A17b.GND_PWM3 A17b.GND_PWM4 A16a.24V X1 62
+H3 +H3 +H3 D +H3 +H3 D +H3 D +H3 D A17a.GND_PWM7
A17a EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1FORWARD A17a EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1BACKWARD A17b EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump
A17b EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump
A17b EARTHtravel pump A17b EARTHSWIVELANGLE A16a HIGHPRESSUREtravel pump +H3
/90.E5 EARTH /90.E5 EARTH /91.C5 EARTH /91.C5 EARTH /91.C5 EARTH /91.C5 EARTH /86.B5 SUPPLY24V A17a EARTHBUZZER
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: /90.D5 EARTH
OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE1 CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
F F
OPTIONGEROTORSTEERING OPTIONFUELPREHEATING
OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN: CAN: CAN: Kl.30 Kl.15
A4 A4
A /90.F1 SUPPLYfor digital output4 /90.F1 digital output4 /91.D2 PWMOutput15(Ban A
A17a supply for digital output 4via.A4 A17a back up alarm .OPTICAL A17b VccMVGEROTORSTEERING =K =K
+H3 +H3 +H3 A
+K2 E +K2 E
A17a.V_DO4 A17a.DO4 A17b.PWM15
X1 38 X1 39 X1 24
F34 20A F14 15A
A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17b.X1
38
39
24
YE BU
A A
R34 R14
L34 L14
WH 1.5Q
B B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
GND GND
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X42 A4.X44
1
9
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
1 XMSP6.14
+K6
RD 2.5Q
+K2
10
X2.B
X2.S
10
C C
Y63.JPT
1
=B 1 =B 1 1
+B1 +B1
+H3
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
H58 H59
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Y63
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2 2 0 2 1
WH 1.5Q
WH 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
+H2
Y63.JPT
2
S204
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A4.X43
8
forbidden.
WH 2.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A4
=K
+K2 E
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
2
1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
F49 10A
RD +M
R13
54
66
E A17a.X1 A17b.X1 E
T
A X1 54 X1 66 0
R49 A17a.GND_DO4 A17b.GND_PWM15
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+H3 +H3
L49 A17a EARTHback up alarm.OPTICAL A17b EARTHGEROTORSTEERING M10
0
M
/90.D5 EARTH /91.E5 EARTH
CAN: CAN:
GND OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE2
Kl.15
OPTIONBACKUPALARMVISUALREDFLASHING OPTIONREFUELLINGPUMP
F F
18
/86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input5 /86.F2 SUPPLY24V /86.F2 SUPPLY24V
A16a FLOATPOSITION A16a 24VBUCKETRETURNTODIG A16a 24VLIFTKICKOUT
+H3 A +H3 +H3
A16a.UI5 A16a.24V A16a.24V
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
X1 18 X1 36 X1 38 A17a.X1.6a
1
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 +H3
18
36
38
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
B B
+K6
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1Q
34
35
36
+K6 B17.X X1.B
27
34
35
36
WH 1.5Q
X1.S +V
27
OPTION
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
BUCKETRETURNTODIGVIA
PUSHBUTTONSWITCHAMLHCONTROLLEVER
B32.X
1
C C
5
1
X33.X
1
1
B15.X B17.X_1 1 3 5
+K4 1 1
B32 P + +
1
OPT1
+V3 +V sw4
1 +K4
+V1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
0 OPT3
X33 Y9 Y17 Y18
B15 B17 sw5 Y9a
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
OPT2
0 0
sw3 0
B32.X 0
2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2 X33.X 2 4 6
2 2
3 3
6
B15.X B17.X_1
2
2
2
3
3
WH 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
D D
F.7
BK 1.5Q
A4.X45
7
*
WH 1Q
+V +K6
32
33
31
forbidden.
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
B17.B X1.S
3
A4
=K B17.X X1.B
32
31
33
2
3
+K2
Kl.15
E
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
F11
WH 1Q
10A BK 1Q
/23.E6
RD
+H3
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
A17a.X1.48a
1
E E
A
R11
Kl.15
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
L11
66
10
64
48
49
60
A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1 A17a.X1
11
GND X1 11 X1 66 X1 10 X1 64 X1 48 X1 49 X1 60
A16a.UI12 A16a.GND A16a.UI11 A16a.GND A17a.GND_PWM3 A17a.GND_PWM4 A17a.GND_PWM5
+H3 A +H3 +H3 A +H3 +H3 D +H3 D +H3
A16a BUCKETRETURNTODIG A16a BUCKETRETURNTODIG A16a LIFTKICKOUT A16a LIFTKICKOUT A17a EARTHBUCKETRETURNTODIG A17a EARTHLIFTKICKOUT A17a EARTHFLOATPOSITION
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input12 /86.E5 EARTH /86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input11 /86.D5 EARTH /90.C5 EARTH /90.C5 EARTH /90.D5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
F INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE1 F
9
10
11
11
A17a.PWM2
WH 1.5Q
X1 5
A17a.X1
5
+K2 1 X1.B.64
1
B V100 B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+H
+K6
WH 1.5Q
63
0 X1.S
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
1
X1.B
63
1
WH 1.5Q
+K6
+H
1
A17.X2
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
C C
* *
1
Y11.JPT Y12.JPT Y11a.JPT Y12a.JPT Y14.JPT S23.X1 S23.X2 1
9
+V1
1
1
+V 1 +V 1 +V 1 +V 1 +H 1 5 9 Y53
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
Y11 Y12 Y11a Y12a Y14
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
0 1 0
+K4 2
0 0 0 0 0 S23a
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2 2 2 2 2 S23
2
0
Y11.JPT Y12.JPT Y11a.JPT Y12a.JPT Y14.JPT 0
2
2
1 10
BK 1.5Q
S23.X1 S23.X2
10
BK 1.5Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q
D
A17.X2
70mm D
2
+K2 +H
2 XMSP6.12
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K6
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
64
X1.B
WH 1.5Q
forbidden.
X1.S
64
+H
=K+K4S23.X2:9
X1.B.65
1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
BK 1.5Q
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
+K2
1
52
53
52
47
A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17c.X1 A17c.X1 A17a.X1 XMSP6.12
51
Verb.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1 52 X1 53 X1 52 X1 51 X1 47
A17b.GND_PWM11 A17b.GND_PWM12 A17c.GND_PWM11 A17c.GND_PWM10 A17a.GND_PWM2
OLE23
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 D
A17b EARTHAdditional equipment A17b EARTHAdditional equipment A17c RESERVE A17c RESERVE A17a EARTHAHS
/91.C5 EARTH /91.C5 EARTH /92.C5 EARTH /92.C5 EARTH /90.C5 EARTH
F2210AX44/5
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE1
SEEASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS!
F F
5
11
10
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 =K
Kl.30
Kl.15
=H =H =H =H +K2
B B
F19a F19
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
20A 10A
ge rt
PROJ: 8920980_003
=V
+V +V +V1 +H GND GND
C C
Y11.JPT Y12.JPT Y53.JPT Y14.JPT
1
1
+V 1 +V 1 +V1 1 +H 1
A4.X41 A4.X45
12
Y11 Y12 Y53 Y14
B.5 * F.12 XMSP6a 2
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
0 0 0 0 +K2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
2 2 2 2
Y11.JPT Y12.JPT Y53.JPT Y14.JPT
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2
+V +V +V1 +H
=V
RD 2.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
D D
forbidden.
/25.F1
+K4 +K4 +K4
A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1
3
1
2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
X1 1 X1 3 X1 2
=H =H =H =H
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
53
47
47
A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17a.X1 Klemme30 Klemme15 AnspeisungMasse
X1 52 X1 53 X1 47 X1 47 A21 A21 A21
/41.B4 Versorgung /41.B4 Klemme15 /41.B4 AnspeisungMasse
E =H A17b.GND_PWM11 =H A17b.GND_PWM12 =H A17b.GND_PWM2 =H A17a.GND_PWM2 E
CAN: CAN: CAN:
+H3 +H3 +H3 +H3 HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
A17bMasseZusatzausrstung1 A17bMasseZusatzausrstung2 A17b GNDQuick change device A17a MasseAHS
=H+H/38.C5 Masse =H+H/38.C5 Masse =H+H/38.B5 MGND =H+H/37.B5 Masse
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
OPTIONWORKINGBASKET
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3
A CAN: CAN: A
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
/88.C1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input4 /88.C1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input9
+K
A16c basket functionMode1 A16c basket functionMode2 X51.S 1/1
Kl.15 +H3 A +H3 A
X51.B
1
A4 A16c.UI4 A16c.UI9
=K X1 7 X1 8
E A16c.X1 A16c.X1
8
+K2
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
K208
=K *
F50 10A
RD +K2.RH
86 87 87a
+K6 +K6
B A X2.B X2.B B
8
WH 1.5Q
R50
X2.S X2.S K208
8
L50 +K6
PROJ: 8920980_003
7
X2.S
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
85 30
X2.B
7
GND WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
* A4.X43
2
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+H
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
X48.B
1
WH 1.5Q
C X48.S C
1
+K6 +K6
3
X2.S X2.S X2.S
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 1.5Q
X2.B X2.B X2.B
3
WH 1.5Q
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
*
S210.X1 S210.X2
5
9
1
1 5 9
+K4 21 +K4 21
+K4 +H2
210 S213 S214
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
S210 XMSP1.e 4 22 22
D 0 D
3 10 +K6
Splice.X30
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
S210.X1 S210.X2
3
10
forbidden.
WH 1.5Q
+K6 +H
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
2
X2.S X48.S
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
X2.B X48.B
2
6
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
+K6
=K+K4S210.X2:10
=K+K4S210.X2:9
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Y65.JPT Y66.JPT Y67.JPT
1
1
E +V1 1 +V1 1 +V1 1 E
Y65 Y66 Y67
25
A16c.X1 A16c.X1
6
0 0 0
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
2 2 2 X1 6 X1 25
Y65.JPT Y66.JPT Y67.JPT A16c.UI3 A16c.UI16
2
2
1
BK 1.5Q
+H3 +H3
basket functionNotOFF1 basket functionNotOFF2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A16c A16c
Verb.
Verb.
OLE20
INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3
OPTIONPROPORTIONALCONTROL3.AND4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
A /89.F2 SUPPLY24V /89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input1 /89.D5 EARTH /89.C5 SUPPLY5V /89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input4 /89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input3 /89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input11 /89.D5 EARTH A
A16d capacitiveJoystick sensor A16d capacitiveJoystick sensor A16d capacitive Joysticksensor A16d RollerRockerCap A16d CONTROL5V A16d OUTPUTHall sensor1 A16d OUTPUTHallsensor2 A16d GNDRockerRollerCap
+H3 +H3 A +H3 +H3 D +H3 A +H3 A +H3 A +H3
A16d.24VV A16d.UI1 A16d.GND A16d.5V A16d.UI4 A16d.UI3 A16d.UI11 A16d.GND
X1 36 X1 4 X1 59 X1 50 X1 7 X1 6 X1 10 X1 54
A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1 A16d.X1
10
36
59
50
54
INPUTMODUL4 INPUTMODUL4
CAN: CAN:
/89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input2 /89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input9
A16d 3.CONTROLCIRCUITAktiv A16d OPTION
+H3 A +H3 A
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
A16d.UI2 A16d.UI9
B X1 5 X1 8
B
A16d.X1 A16d.X1
8
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K
Splice.X70
C 2 2 C
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
A4
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
=K
Kl.15
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+K2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
/6.B2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
F15.1 E
F15
10A 1
/6.C3
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
F15.2 RD
FUNKTIONFNR F15.3
A
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
D D
A4.X44
E.4
SW1
6
1
INPUTMODUL1 INPUTMODUL1 INPUTMODUL2 INPUTMODUL2 S2a.X2
forbidden.
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
0
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
S020mA
Vcc24V
NC NO
GND
+K6 +K6
SW1
COM
FNR CAPACITIVE
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
X1.B X1.B
E JOYSTICK SENSOR E
C
X1.S X1.S
+K6 +K6
WH 1Q
Vcc5V
Vcc5V
GND
GND
Out
Out
WH 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
cap.sensor Hallsensors+SW1
S2.X1 feed24V feed5V
Ulow(V)Umid(V)Uhigh(V)
state off1,4....1,6mAnot active Sensor10,5052,524,54
state on2,9....3,6mAactive Sensor20,5562,5214,539
F F
A
OPTIONCUTOFFTILTCYLINDER A
WH 1Q WH 1Q
WH,WH 1Q,1Q
+K2
Kl.15
B 1 B
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 6Q
BK 1Q
=K =K
+K2.RH +K2.RH +K2
XMSP201
2
1
B213.X
S213.X1 S213.X2 1
9
*
1
C 1 1 9 30 85 =V + BN
C
+K2 10 +K2 +V2
+V1 K213 B213
F213
S213
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
BK BU
7,5A 0
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
HBR 2 0 0 S 2 3
5 10 87a 87 86 B213.X B213.X
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
3
S213.X1 S213.X2
10
*
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
=K
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
XMSP201
WH,WH 1Q,1Q
XMSP201 4
D 1 +K2 D
WH 1Q
forbidden.
WH 1Q WH 1Q WH 1Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
Y68.JPT
1
E 1 E
+V1
Y68
0
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
2
Y68.JPT
2
BK 1Q
=K
+K2
F
XMSP201 3
F
AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/68.E8
A HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM A
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/96.B2 SWITCHHIGH&# /96.C2 compressor clutch /96.D2 SENSOR_ambient temp. /96.D2 SENSOR_ambient temp. /96.D2 SUNSENSOR+ /96.D2 SUNSENSOR
A4 A21 A21 compressor clutch A21 SENSOR_ambient temp. A21 SENSOR_ambient temp A21 SUNSENSOR+ A21 SUNSENSOR
Kl.15
SWITCHHIGH&#
=K +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
Kl.30
Kl.15
+K2 A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME
X1 5 X1 10 X1 27 X1 26 X1 29 X1 28
A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1
10
27
26
29
28
E E
WH 2.5Q
WH 1Q
F19A 20A F19 10A
GE RD
B B
RD 0.75Q
BU 0.75Q
+K6
60
61
A A
X1.S X1.S
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
R19A R19
X1.B X1.B
60
61
L19A L19
WH 2.5Q
WH 1Q
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
GND GND
6
3 1 X22b.S X22b.S
C C
+H L N H +K6 X22b.B X22b.B
6
1
A4.X41 A4.X45 B27 P X2.S
12
5
1
B.5 F.12 +K2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
4 2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
RD 0.75Q
BU 0.75Q
B27.X
2
4
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1Q
D D
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
1
X2.B
62
53
X1.B XB39 B42.X
1
forbidden.
X2.S 1
1
X1.S 1
+K1
WH 0.75Q
62
+K6
53
B39 C B42
WH 2.5Q
0 0
2
WH 1.5Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
/62.E4
2
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
2
XB39
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
B42.X
2
B39.X
2
A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1
3
2
1
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
E E
X1 1 X1 3 X1 2 Y22.X
1
A21 A21
/96.B2 SUPPLY /96.B2 CLAMP15 /96.B2 SUPPLYEARTH MOUNTING B39!
0
CAN: CAN: CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/68.E2
/62.D2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
F F
A A
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT-/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
/41.B4SchalterHochNiederdruck /41.C4 SchalterMitteldruck /41.C4 Kompressorkupplung /41.D4 Sensor_ambient temp.+ /41.D4 Sensor_ambient temp. /41.D4 Fhler_Innenr.1+ /41.D4 Fhler_Innenr.1 /41.E4 Sonnensensor+ /41.E4 Sonnensensor
A21SchalterHochNiederdruck A21 SchalterMitteldruck A21 Kompressorkupplung A21 Sensor_ambient temp.+ A21 Sensor_ambient temp. A21 Fhler_Innenr.1+ A21 Fhler_Innenr.1 A21 Sonnensensor+ A21 Sonnensensor
+K4 +K4 +K4 +K4 +K4 +K4 +K4 +K4 +K4
A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PMES A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME A21.PME
X1 5 X1 6 X1 10 X1 27 X1 26 X1 21 X1 20 X1 29 X1 28
A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1 A21.X1
10
27
21
28
6
26
20
29
+K4 +K4 +K4
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
B B
+K6 +K6
W156 +WL039 RD
W156 +WL039 BU
60
61
X1.S X1.S
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1Q
61
60
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+H +H
B27.X B27.X
3
3 1 +K6
W156 +WL038 RD
W156 +WL038 BU
W156 +WL037 RD
W156 +WL037 BU
3
2
C +H +K6 X2.S X2.S C
1
B27 X2.S X2.B X2.B
3
2
X2.B
1
P
+K6
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
4 2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
B27.X B27.X
4
W160 +WL040 RD
W160 +WL040 BU
+H +H
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=H
+H
D Splice.X4 +K1 D
B39.X B40.X B42.X
1
=H 1 1 1
+K6 +K1
WH 1Q
2 2 2
B39.X B40.X B42.X
2
2
=M +K1
62
+M
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
Y22.X
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
X1.S
62
+K6 =M 1
+M
Y22
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/24.E7
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
A A
16
42
28
35
36
37
38
B B
PROJ: 8920980_003
BK 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
1 1
+K4 +K4
forbidden.
B26 C B26a C
M5.X
2
6
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
+K4
E M5 M E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FANMOTOR
F F
A A
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
MasseVMC1 VrefVMC1 VMC1counter clockwise rotation GNDVMC2 VrefVMC2 VMC2counter clockwise rotation
A21a MasseVMC1 A21a VrefVMC1 A21a VMC1counter clockwise rotation A21a GNDVMC2 A21a VrefVMC2 A21a VMC2 counter clockwise rotation
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
A21a.6 A21a.5 A21a.4 A21a.11 A21a.10 A21a.9
X2 6 X2 5 X2 4 X2 11 X2 10 X2 9
A21a.X2 A21a.X2 A21a.X2 A21a.X2 A21a.X2 A21a.X2
6
9
11
10
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
B VMC1potentiometer tap VMC1clockwise rotation VMC2potentiometer tap VMC2clockwise rotation
B
A21a VMC1potentiometer tap A21a VMC1clockwise rotation A21a VMC2potentiometer tap A21a VMC2clockwise rotation
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
PROJ: 8920980_003
12
7
8
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
M11.X M14.X
3
6
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K4 +K4
M11 M M14 M
F F
A A
19
18
20
25
24
23
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
B VMC3potentiometer tap VMC3clockwise rotation VMC4potentiometer tap VMC4clockwise rotation
B
A21a VMC3potentiometer tap A21a VMC3clockwise rotation A21a VMC4potentiometer tap A21a VMC4clockwise rotation
+K4 A +K4 A +K4 A +K4 A
PROJ: 8920980_003
17
22
21
26
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
M15.X
2
M16.X
1
6
1
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
E E
+K4 +K4
M M
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
M15 M16
FOOTFLAPVMC3 MIDDLEFLAPVMC4
F F
A A
32
33
31
39
40
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
B CAN: CAN:
B
VMC5potentiometer tap VMC5clockwise rotation
A21a VMC5potentiometer tap A21a VMC5clockwise rotation
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K4 A +K4 A
A21a.34 A21a.30
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
X2 34 X2 30
A21a.X2 A21a.X2
34
30
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
C C
+K4
2
1
X75.S
X75.B
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
1
2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
M17.X
2
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
+K4
E B40 C E
0
2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K4
M17 M
HEADFLAPVMC5
F F
E
B
D
A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung, tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Zustand
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten. forbidden. PROJ: 8920980_003
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
nderung
1
1
A21
/96.C2
+K4
Datum
CAN:
A21.X1
WH 1.5Q
A
X1 8
8
FAN_interior.
A21.PME
FAN_interior.2+
Name
Datum
Datum
Ersteller
WH 2.5Q
Ausgabe
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
2
2
=K
A4
+K2
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
27.03.2007 09:42
26.03.200716:16
F13
*
WH 2.5Q WH,WH 2.5Q,2.5Q 2
/62.E4
E
Kl.15
Kl.15
BU
15A
GND
A4.X56
R13
L13
3
3
=K
A4
+K2
V32
0
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
K244
MP
4
4
I.1
87a
A4.X48
2 I.2
I.3 3
87
30
MP
A4.X48
V33
4
I.4
85
86
GND
A4.X48
V50
5
5
WH 2.5Q
VENTILATORCONDENSERINTEGRATED
6
6
=K
A4
+K2
0
70Watt
V34
+H3
1,5Ohm
M13
0
K245
MP
X2.B
X2.S
M13.X
+K6
A4.X48
+K6
A
BK 2.5Q BK 2.5Q A 50 50 7
M
87a
A4.X48
9
C
B 51 51 I.9 9
87
30
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
MP
A4.X48
V35
7
7
6
I.6
85
86
GND
A4.X48
8920980
V49
460901000003
Ort
WH 2.5Q
Anlage
/62.A4
Kl.15
8
8
003
von
68 Blatt
114
F
C
E
B
D
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RETROFITKITCONDENSERFAN
A A
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
A4
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
=K
E
+K2
6
BU *
X45.B
I.9
I.6
A =K
R13 +K2.RH A4
L13 =K
B +K2 B
30 86
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
GND * X45.S
1
30
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
K245
* =K
2 +K2.
WH 1.5Q
A4.X56a 0
K248
V49
87a 87 85
10008761 0
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
2
X45.S
GND
+K
10022680
1
MP MP X1.S.61a
I.7
I.5
X1.B
61
C C
WH 1.5Q
A4.X48. A4.X48.
7
5
X45.B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
WH 1.5Q
CAN:
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
/62.C2 Kompressorkupplung
1
A21 Kompressorkupplung
+K4
3 1
1
1
A21.PME
X1 10 X2.S.50 X2.S.51 +H
A21.X1
10
1
1
+K4
+K6 P
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K2 4 2
D D
WH 1.5Q
2 XMSP.20 2
B27.X.2
+H
M13.X
B
A B
=H
+K 1,5Ohm
forbidden.
Splice.X4 70Watt
WH 1.5Q
=H
+K6 LOCATE SPLICE +H3a M
CLOSE TOX2.S:1!
1
X2.S
X2.B
M13
1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
+K6 0
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
C
BK 1.5Q
X2.S* 53a
E E
WH 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
X2.S.52
=M
+M
Y22.X
1
=M 1
+M
Y22
F F
DIAGNOSTICPLUGDIESELENGINE
A A
ENGINEECU ENGINEECU ENGINEECU
EARTH RECEIVE EMIT
/93.D6 /93.D6 /93.D6
DIAGNOSIS
A700D DIAGNOSIS A700D A700D DIAGNOSIS
+M +M +M
DIAGNOSTICLEADAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
A700D.GND A700D.RXD A700D.TXD
X2 38 X2 37 X2 36
A700D.X2 X.M7a.S 1/2 2/2 X.RS232.B
2
5
3
37
A700D.X2 A700D.X2
38
36
+K2 +K
B B
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
BK 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
forbidden.
* * * =K
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
+M +K4
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
C
D
G
B
E
F
H
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
+K4
I
22
12
X60a A21.XB
11
3
2
1
A21.XB
*29
E 10290843 0 E
*9
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
4
36
25
33
RD
X56/11F34/5A
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
A
R46
L46 +K6
65
66
X2.B
B B
X2.S
65
66
GND
PROJ: 8920980_003
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
/42.E1
A4.X44
12
Kl.15
BK1 1Q
BK2 1Q
BK4 1Q
BK5 1Q
XMSP6.10 1 XMSP6.11 1
+K2 +K2
B202.X B202.X
5
1
C 1 2 4 5
C
+ signal signal
+
GY
OG
WH
RD
+K4
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
B202
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
BN
BK
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
3 6
B202.X B202.X
6
64
63
62
61
D X2.S X2.S X2.S X2.S D
BK3 1Q
BK6 1Q
X2.B X2.B X2.B X2.B
62
64
63
61
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
forbidden.
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
67
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
X2.S
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
X2.B
67
+K6
BK 1.5Q
E E
16
30
67
67
A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16b.X1 A16c.X1
31
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 X1 67 X1 67
A16c.24V_logic A16c.GND_logic A16c.24V A16c.GND A16b.GND A16c.GND
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3 +K2 +H3
A16c SUPPLYEARTH A16c EARTHLOGICALPART A16c SUPPLY24V A16c SUPPLYEARTH A16b GNDJOYSTICKSTEERING A16cJOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR2re
/88.C1 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART /88.D1 EARTHLOGICALPART /88.E1 SUPPLY24V /88.E1 EARTH /87.E5 EARTH /88.E5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE3
F F
22
36
37
23
25
WH 1Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
B +K6 B
68
X2.B
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X2.S
PROJ: 8920980_003
68
+K6
60
X2.B
X2.S
60
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK7 1Q
BK9 1Q
C C
1
B201.X B202.X B200.X Y51.AF2 Y52.AF2
1
7 1
C + Y64.JPT
1
1 1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
s +K4 BN
1
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
0 B +
A
0 0 BK BU
0 2 0 2
0
2
8 S 2 3
B201.X B202.X B200.X B200.X Y51.AF2 Y52.AF2 Y64.JPT
2
8
3
BK8 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
BK10 1Q
BK11 1Q
D D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
59
69
70
forbidden.
X2.S X2.S
X2.B X2.B
59
69
70
+K6 +K6 +K6
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
E E
64
38
22
23
65
64
65
67
A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1 64 X1 38 X1 22 X1 23 X1 65 X1 64 X1 65 X1 67
A16c.GND A16c.24V A16c.UI13 A16c.UI14 A16c.GND A17b.GND_PWM13 A17b.GND_PWM14 A17b.GNDPWM16
+H3 +H3 +H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3 +H3 +H3
A16c PRESSUREstandard steering1 A16c VccPRESSUREstandard steering1 A16c Joystick activation A16c JoystickARMREST A16c EARTHJoystick armrest A17b EARTHJOYSTICKSTEERING A17b EARTHJOYSTICKSTEERING A17b GNDSavetyMVJoy
/88.D5 EARTH /88.F1 SUPPLY24V /88.D1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input13 /88.D1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input14 /88.E5 EARTH /91.D5 EARTH /91.E5 EARTH /91.E5 EARTH
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3 INPUTMODULE3 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2
F F
4
36
25
33
RD +K2 +K2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X56/11F3475A
A
=K
66
65
X2.B
B X2.S B
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
66
65
=H+H/19.E1 GND +K6
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X44
12
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
+K2
=K
Kl.15.2
BK1 1Q
BK2 1Q
XMSP6.10 1 XMSP6.11 1
BK5 1Q
BK4 1Q
+K2 +K2
=K =K
5
1
4
1 2 4 5
+ signal signal
+
C =K C
WH
WH
RD
RD
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K4
S202
B_JOYSTICK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
BN
BN
3 6
6
64
63
62
61
X2.S X2.S X2.S X2.S
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK3 1Q
BK 1Q BK6 1Q
X2.B X2.B X2.B X2.B
64
62
61
63
D
+K6 D
BK 1Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
67
X2.S
X2.B
67
+K6
BK 1.5Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
16
30
31
67
67
A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16b.X1 A16c.X1
2
X1 2 X1 16 X1 30 X1 31 X1 67 X1 67
E A16c.24V_logic A16c.GND_logic A16c.24V A16c.GND A16b.GND A16c.GND E
+H3 A +H3 A +H3 +H3 +K2 +H3
A16c A Feed GND A16c Feed GNDLogic part A16c Feed24V A16c FeedGND A16b GNDJoystick steeringleft A16c GNDJoystick steeringSensor2re
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=H+H3/58.C1 Supply 24VLogic part =H+H3/58.D1 GNDLogic part =H+H3/58.E1 Supply24V =H+H3/58.E1 MGND =K+K/49.E5 MGND =H+H3/58.E5 MGND
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
INPUTMODUL3 INPUTMODUL3 INPUTMODUL3 INPUTMODUL3 INPUTMODUL2 INPUTMODUL3
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
24
37
22
36
23
25
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
1
1
1
Reserve
B +H3 B
B201a Servostat
68
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
P 26bar X2.B
0 X2.S
68
PROJ: 8920980_003
2 +K6
2
2
+H3
WH 1Q
Splice.X11
BK 1Q
1
60
C X2.B C
1
1
=K + 1 1
1
X2.S 1
+H3
60
BN
+K6 +K4 +H3 +H3 Y64
Y51 Y52
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
B200
BK 1Q
YVENTIL_2 0
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
0 BK BU
0 2 0 2 2
S 2 3
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2
3
2
7
7
+K4
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
S202
0
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
8
8
D D
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1Q
69
70
X2.S
forbidden.
X2.B
69
70
+K6
59
X2.S
X2.B
59
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
+K6
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
WH 1.5Q
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
22
23
65
64
65
67
A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A16c.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1 A17b.X1
X1 22 X1 23 X1 65 X1 64 X1 65 X1 67
E A16c.UI13 A16c.UI14 A16c.GND A17b.GND_PWM13 A17b.GND_PWM14 A17b.GNDPWM16 E
A +H3 A +H3
+H3 JoystickArmrest +H3 +H3 +H3 Reserve
A16c Joystick activation A16c A16c GNDJoystick armrest A17b GNDJoystick steeringleft MasseGNDJoystick steeringright
A17b A17b
=H+H3/58.D1 1analogueall-purpose Input13=H+H3/58.D1 aanalogueuniversal input14 =H+H3/58.E5 =H+H/51.E5 MGND
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
F VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment F
A A
OUTPUTMODUL2 Kl.15
CAN: A4
Digitaloutput4 /75.F2 =K
BackupALARM A17b +K2 E
+H3
A17b.DO4
39 X1
F23 10A
A17b.X1
39
RD
A
R23
B B
OLE23
L23
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
Verb.
GND
REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORGROENEVELD
1
A4.X41
1
+K2 NOT USED
=K+K2X52.B:2
C WH 1.5Q
Rckfahrs. C
B16.X
1
1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+H5
B16
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
X52.B
0
+K2
2
B16.X RD
2
WH 1.5Q 1 BU
2 YE
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K2
XMSP6.22 1
D D
BK 1.5Q
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
54
A17b.X1
54 X1
A17b.GND_DO4
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+H3
MASSEBackup&# A17b
MASSE /75.D5
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
F F
E
B
D
A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung, tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Zustand
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten. forbidden. PROJ: 8920980_003
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
nderung
1
1
Datum
Name
Datum
Datum
Ersteller
Ausgabe
2
2
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
27.03.2007 09:42
26.03.200716:16
3
3
MONITOR
OLE25
OLE24
Verb.
Verb.
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
4
1
1
=K
A4
+K2
OG
WH
F73
PK
RT 1
1
ELECTRONICS
E
A
Kl.15
BN
+K2
3A
VT
BK
GND
+K2
A4.X41.6
5
5
R73
L73
XMSP6.21
REARAREAMONITORING
REARAREAMONITORING
BERMONITORANDCAMERA
6
6
REARAREAMONITORINGVIAMONITORANDCAMERA
CAMERA
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
7
7
8920980
460901000003
Ort
Anlage
8
8
003
von
76 Blatt
114
F
C
E
B
D
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2
CAN: CAN:
36
A17a.X1 /87.E2 SUPPLY24V /87.E2 SUPPLY24V
X1 36 A16b VCCLEVELcentral l. s. A16b VCCDISTRIBUTORcen. l. s.
A17a.V_DO3 +K2 +K2
A +H3 A16b.24V A16b.24V A
A4 A17a SUPPLYSUPPLYDO3 X1 33 X1 32
/90.F1 SUPPLYfordigital output3 A16b.X1 A16b.X1
=K
32
33
Kl.15
CAN:
+K2
OUTPUTMODULE1
OUTPUTMODULE1
E
RD 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
CAN:
/90.F1 digital output3
A17a VCCcentral lubrication unit.MVPUMP
F53 10A +H3
RD 1 1
A17a.DO3
X1 37 +K6 +K6
43
40
B A X2.S X2.S B
A17a.X1
37
R53
X2.B X2.B
43
40
L53
PROJ: 8920980_003
RD 0.5Q
GND
RD 1Q
A4.X41
9
+K2
B.9 2 2
WH 1.5Q
+H5 +V1
WH 1.5Q
X31 X43
A
C C
BN
BN
1 4
1
+K6 +
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
47
X1.S B44 1 2
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
M B43
+H5
X1.B
47
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
M6 4 3
0 S
WH 1.5Q
2 3 3 2
BK
BK
BU
BU
M6.X
2
3
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X31 X43
C
B
B
D D
BU 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BU 1Q
BK 1Q
forbidden.
2 2 2 2
BK 1.5Q
44
45
42
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
41
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
42
44
45
41
BU 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1 1 1 1
40
A17a.X1
22
60
56
59
X1 40 A16b.X1 A16b.X1 A16b.X1 A16b.X1
A17a.GND_DO3 X1 22 X1 60 X1 56 X1 59
+H3 A16b.UI13 A16b.GND A16b.FI2 A16b.GND
A17a GNDcentral lubrication systemMVPUMP +K2 A +K2 +K2 +K2
/90.F1 EARTH A16b Sig.LEVELcentr A16b GNDLEVEL centr A16b Sig.DISTRIBUTOR centr. A16b GNDDISTRIBUTOR centr.
CAN: /87.D2 ANALOGUEUniversale /87.D5 EARTH /87.D5 frequency input2 /87.D5 EARTH
OUTPUTMODULE1 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
F INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 INPUTMODULE2 F
4
+K2
56
55
55
Kl.15
A17.aX1a
1
+H3 E
RD 1Q
1
WH 1.5Q
AUTOMATIC
F12 10A GREASING
SYSTEM
B RD B
GREASING
WH 1.5Q
+H3 MODE
+K6
17
Splice.X10 A X2.S
PROJ: 8920980_003
R12:
RD 1Q
1 1 X2.B
RD 1Q
17
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
L12
4 3 2 1
GND 4 3 *2 *1
RD 1Q
+H3 A204.X
1
2
2
4
3
2
1
X50.S X50.S
WH 1.5Q
*
X50.B A4.X56
1
2
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
Y10.JPT B1.X B2.X B2a.X
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
1
1
+K6 1 +F3 1 +F3 1 +F3 1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
Y10
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
B1 B2 B2a
0 0 0 0
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2 +K6 25 2 2 2
26
27
Y10.JPT X2.S +K2 B1.X B2.X B2a.X
2
2
X2.B 1 XMSP63
25
26
27
WH 1.5Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BU 1Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
D D
2
BU 1Q
BU 1Q
BK 1.5Q
+K6
forbidden.
18
A205.X B203.X X2.B
3
8
1
1
3 1 6 2 4 5 7 8 1
1 X2.S
+V1 1
18
B203 P
+H3
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
BU 1Q
A205
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
2
0 B203.X
2
1
E
Groeneveld E
TwinPump
46
70
69
69
A17a.X1 A16a.X1 A16a.X1 A16b.X1
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1 46 X1 70 X1 69 X1 69
A17a.GND_PWM1 A16a.GND_FI2 A16a.GND_FI1 A16b.GND_FI1
+H3 D +H3 +H3 +K2
A17a EARTHPARKINGBRAKE A16a EARTHoutput speed A16a SPEEDhydro motor1 A16b EARTHSPEEDhydro m.
/90.C5 EARTH /86.E5 EARTHfrequency input2 /86.E5 EARTHfrequency input1 /87.E5 EARTHfrequency input
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE1 INPUTMODULE2
F F
=K+K2A9.X:1
INGITIONLOCKWITHTRANSPONDERCOIL S1.X1.8PINNINGOUT OLE12 Verb. 1 =K+K2A9.X:2
WITHOLE12CONNECT
+K4 WH 2.5Q
A S1.X1.8a +K6 A
1
X1.S
1
5
WH 2.5Q
10 5 6 8 9
WH 2.5Q
58 15 15 50a 50a
Verb.
P 0 12
S1
+H3
OLE11
24
A16a.X1
+K2 30 30 X1 24
=H A16a.UI15
A4.X56a:4 1 2
1
A4.X56:4PINNINGOUT S1.X2 S1.X3 +H3
1
WITHOLE11CONNECT RD 2.5Q A16a Kl50a
=H+H/37.D2
igniton lockS1.X1:6
ANALOGUEuniversal-input15
B A4.X56 A4.X57 CAN: B
GNDMP6CABIN
T.3
S.4 INPUTMODULE1
F26A4.X40:9
A4 Kl.15.X
PROJ: 8920980_003
=K 1
+K2 E
Kl.15
F29
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
30 86 25A
K01 WH
(1) dashboard V1
(2) antenna A
/40.E5
(3) igniton switch
/19.A1
(4) mother 87 85
(5) key
Kl.30
C 1 XMSP12.2 C
GND
A9Kl.30
A9Kl.15
+K2
Kl.30.X 1 XMSP12
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
1
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
RD 1.5Q
WH 2.5Q
BK 1.5Q
Master-Key
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
A9.X
=K Kl.30 11 RD 1.5Q
+K2 11 WH 2.5Q
Kl.15 14
A9 14 BK 1.5Q
GND 13
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Operation-Key 13 WH 2.5Q
1
3 1 WH 2.5Q
D Relais1 3 D
5
2 WH 2.5Q
2 WH 2.5Q
Relais2 4
6 4
forbidden.
8 WH 1Q A4
8 WH 1Q
10 =K
Kl.15
Relais3
12 10 +K2
7 /5.B2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
Relais4 F15.1 E
9
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
F15
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
10A
/5.C3 F15.2 RD
E A E
F15.3
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
10pinPLUG GND
NOTin use!
WH 1Q
1
A4.X44
4
4 2 5 3 1 6 8 7 9 10 11 12
A4.X44a:4 E.4
1
ELECTRONICSIMMOBILISER +K4 VNR
+K2
S2
OPTION 1 Verb. OLE13
A4.X44:4PINNINGOUT
F =K+K2A9.X:8 WITHOLE13CONNECT F
F810AKl.58A4.X57/4
PRESELECTORCLOCK
A4
A =K A4 A
+K2 E
=K
+K2 E
120 min
F39 5A F40 20A
BN YE
OLE15
P
A A
R39 R40
Verb.
L39 L40
X4
1
2
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
+K4
1
GND GND
B B
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
RD 1Q
=K+K4X4:1
A4.X41
4
A4.X41
7
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
+K2 +K2
XMSP6.16 2 XMSP6.16 3
C C
A4.X52 A4.X52
8
7
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
BK 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
=K
E
+K2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X2/1
85 87 87a
D F42 10A M15.X D
1
WH 2.5Q
=B+B2OLE22:1
RD 1
V46 K243 +
A +B2 M
forbidden.
2
3
4
5
6
1
86 30
M15
L42
WH 2.5Q
0
1
DBW2010
A.X1
2
+B2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
M15.X
Verb.
GND
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
2 BK 1.5Q
1 WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
OLE17
A4.X41 A4.X52
12
E +K2 E
C.X1
1 OR =K+K2OLE17:1
OLE22 Verb. 1
NOZZLESTICKPREHEATER =K
WITHCABLE(OR)CONNECT!
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K4
+B2
X5
A21.X1
4
OLE18 Verb. 1 =B+B2X5:1 RD 1.5Q X1 4
BK 1.5Q 1 A21.PME
=K
WH 1.5Q 2 +K4 A
3 A21AUXILIARYHEATER
BK 1.5Q /46.B2 AUXILIARYHEATER
X223.B
4 CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
+K2
PRESELECTORCLOCK
Kl.30 Kl.30
A4 A4
F810AKl.58A4.X57/4
A =K =K A
120 min +K2
E
+K2
E
A A
R39 R40
X3
1
2
12
4
11
+K4 L39 L40
/19.F7
BK,BK 1Q,1Q
B B
GND GND
X
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X41 A4.X41
7
+K2 +K2
RD 1Q
WH 2Q
BK 1Q RD 2.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
C XMSP6.15 1 C
+K2
BK 2.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+B2
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
12
X12.ST2
11
3
4
9
THERMO90
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X13.ST3
X11.ST1
D D
+B2
WH 1.5Q =K+K4A21.X1:4 1 Verb. OLE21
4
WITHCABLE(SW)CONNECT!
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
A21.X1
4
X1 4
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A21.PME
+K4 A
A21 AUXILIARYHEATER
/96.B2 AUXILIARYHEATER
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
F F
A4 Kl.15
=K
A A
+K2 E
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
GND
B B
=K
X44
1
+K2
+K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
Kl.30.Xa
1 RD 6Q WH 2.5Q WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K
+K2.RH
1 87a 87 86 87a 87 86
0 0
C F208 C
20A K227 K228
YE 2 +K2 +K2
30 85 30 85
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
RD 2.5Q WH 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
D D
RD 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
forbidden.
BK 2.5Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
R10.X
4
1
1 2 3 4
E E
R10
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
TON+50:OFF+10
+K6 +K6
XMSP6.19 1 1 XMSP6.20
F F
E
B
D
A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung, tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Zustand
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten. forbidden. PROJ: 8920980_003
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
nderung
1
1
Datum
Name
Datum
Datum
Ersteller
Ausgabe
2
2
lbhhae0
+H5.
S15*
DonningerJ.
27.03.2007 09:42
26.03.200716:16
XMSP4.1*
+H.
BK 95Q BK 95Q
1
1
3
3
+B1.
G1*
F01*
100A
+H5.
RD 25Q
+
1
BK 95Q
+B1.
G2*
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
4
0
M8*
+H4.
+
*
M
1
RD 95Q
5
5
M1*
+M. RD,RD 95Q,25Q
M
31
30
*
50
+H4.
K11*
F03*
+H5.
200A
K11*.X4
K11*.X3
1 1
30.1
30.2 50
31
RD 25Q
6
6
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
+M.
G3*
3
W
+H5.
K04*
F02*
100A
+H.
B+
B
*
D+
30.1
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
30.2 50
31
7
7
8920980
F07*
+H5.
RD
10A
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESCOLDWEATHERKIT40C
F07*.X1
RD 6Q
1
1
460901000003
Ort
Anlage
8
8
003
von
83 Blatt
114
F
C
E
B
D
A
F
C
E
B
D
A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung, tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Zustand
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten. forbidden. PROJ: 8920980_003
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
nderung
1
1
Datum
Name
Datum
Datum
Ersteller
Ausgabe
2
2
lbhhae0
+H5
S15*
DonningerJ.
+H
XMSP4.1*
27.03.2007 09:42
26.03.200716:16
BK 95Q BK 95Q
1
1
3
3
G1*
+B1
+H5
F01*
100A
RD 25Q
+
1
BK 95Q
G2*
+B1
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
4
0
M8*
+H4
+
*
XMSP10*
+M
1
M
1
RD 95Q
BK 95Q
M1*
5
5
+M RD,RD 25Q,95Q
M
*
31
30
50
+H4
K11*
+H5
F03*
200A
2
88
88a
86
85
RD 25Q
6
6
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
G3*
3+M
W
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
+H5
K04*
F02*
100A
+H
B+
D+
*
30.1
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
30.2 50
31
7
7
8920980
+H5
F07*
RD
10A
F07*.X1
RD 6Q
1
1
460901000003
Ort
Anlage
8
8
003
von
84 Blatt
114
F
C
E
B
D
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
PMEMASTERGENERALOUTLAYONANDOUTLETS
=K A15 ModuleNr.:
+K2 Module name: PME_MASTER
B B
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
PROJ: 8920980_003
COM4 1
A15.GND /40.E1 EARTH .PWR.X 1 A15.DCD DataCarrierDetec
COM4 2
A15.DIGIN0 /40.E3 Kl.15 .PWR.X 2 A15.RXD /40.A7 Receive(RXD)
COM4 3
A15.DIGIN1 DIGITAL1 .PWR.X 3 A15.TXD /40.A8 Transmit(TXD)
COM4 4
A15.DIGIN2 DIGITAL2 .PWR.X 4 A15.DTR DataDerminalRead
A15.GND SIGNALGround(S COM4 5
A15.Shield /40.E2 HOUSINGMASTER .PWR.X 5 /40.A6
A15.n.c. NOTUSED COM4 6
A15.VBat /40.E4 Kl.30 .PWR.X 6
A15.RTS Requesttosend(R COM4 7
A15.CAN4L CANLOW4 CAN 1 8
A15.CTS Cleartosend(CTS COM4
A15.CAN3L /35.B6 CANLOW3 CAN 2 NOTUSED 9
A15.n.c. COM4
A15.CAN2L /38.C3 CANLOW2 CAN 3
C CAN 4 A15.TXD+ TransmitData+ LAN1 1 C
A15.CAN1L /37.A4 CANLOW1 TransmitData
CAN 5 A15.TXD LAN1 2
A15.CAN1H /37.A5 CANHIGH1 ReceiveData+
CAN 6 A15.RXD+ LAN1 3
A15.CAN2H /38.C4 CANHIGH2 NOTUSED
A15.n.c. LAN1 4
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
CAN 8 LAN1 5
A15.CAN4H CANHIGH4 A15.RXD ReceiveData LAN1 6
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
F F
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
A A
INPUTMODULE1ONANDOUTLETS
A16a ModuleNr.:
B +H3 Module name: PME1_INPUT MODULE B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
BUCKETRETURNTODIG
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
EARTHThrottle transmitter1
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
A A
INPUTMODULE2ONANDOUTLETS
A16b ModuleNr.:
B +K2 Module name: PME1_INPUTMODULE B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
RESERVE
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
A A
INPUTMODULE3ON/OUTLETS
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
NOTUSED!
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
A A
INPUTMODULE4ON/OUTLETS
A16d ModuleNr.:
B +H3 Module name: PME1_OUTPUTMODULE B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
NOTUSED!
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
A16d.24VDO1 NOTUSED! X1 33
A16d.24V NOTUSED! X1 34
A16d.24V NOTUSED! X1 35
A16d.24VV /60.A1 capacitive Joystick sensor X1 36
A16d.24V NOTUSED! X1 37
A16d.24V NOTUSED! X1 38
A16d.24V NOTUSED! X1 39
A16d.GND NOTUSED! X1 40
F F
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
A A
OUTPUTMODULE1ON/OUTLETS
A17a ModuleNr.:
B +H3 Module name: PME1_OUTPUTMODULE B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1FORWARD
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
A A
OUTPUTMODULE2ON/OUTLETS
A17b ModuleNr.:
B +H3 Module name: PME1_OUTPUTMODULE B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
EARTHGEROTORSTEERING
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE2
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
INPUTMODULE1
A A
OUTPUTMODULE3ON/OUTLETS
A17c ModuleNr.:
B +H3 Module name: PME1_OUTPUTMODULE B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
RESERVE
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
A17c.DO1 RESERVE X1 33
A17c.V_DO2 VBattSUPPLYDO2 X1 34
A17c.DO2 RESERVE X1 35
A17c.V_DO3 VBattSUPPLYDO3 X1 36
A17c.DO3 RESERVE X1 37
A17c VBattSUPPLYD04 X1 38
A17c.DO4 RESERVE X1 39
A17c.GND_DO3 RESERVE X1 40
F F
A A
LHECUUP/CRGENERALOUTLAYONANDOUTLETS
+M
A700D LHECUUPCREXT
B B
Phys.Addr. Type Sheet Description Plug PIN Phys.Addr. Type Sheet Description Plug PIN
PROJ: 8920980_003
CAN2RES
A700D.AI10.GND GASPEDALCHANNEL2 EARTH X2 47 A700D.CAN2H.1 X2 55
CAN2HIGH
D D
A700D.AI11.1 /21.A4 COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR VCC X2 63 A700D.CAN2L.2 CAN2LOW X2 24
A700D.AI11.2 /21.F4 COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL X2 62 A700D.CAN2.GND CAN2GND X2 59
A700D.AI11.GND EARTH X2 61 A700D.TXD /70.A3 DIAGNOSIS EMIT X2 36
forbidden.
A700D.DO1 D+ GENERATOR X2 53
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT X2 64 A700D.FREI7 NC X2 43
A700D.DI2 /19.B5 HEATERFLANGE
A700D.DO2 /19.B6 HEATERFLANGE SELECTION X2 39 A700D.FREI11 NC X2 44
A700D.DI3 FREE X2 65 A700D.FREI5 NC X2 31
A700D.DO3 SOLENOIDVALVE FUEL X2 25 A700D.FREI6 NC X2 57
A700D.DO4 ENGINEBRAKE SELECTION X2 11 A700D.FREI8 NC X2 58
A700D.DO5 RESERVE X2 13 A700D.FREI9 X2 32
F
NC F
A A
ELECTRICKEYPAD
B B
=K
+K4
ELECTRICKEYPAD
PROJ: 8920980_003
A18 10278758
ELECTRICKEYPAD
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
A A
B B
PROJ: 8920980_003
C C
=K
+K4
MAINKEYPAD
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
A11 10278781
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Phys.Addr. PIN
F F
A A
ELECTRICKEYPAD
B B
=K ELECTRICKEYPAD
+K4
10278758
PROJ: 8920980_003
A18
A18.PWM2 WARNINGBEACON X1 11
A18.PWM3 A /28.A6 WINDSCREENWIPER OUTLETA3 X1 12
D D
A18.PWM4 A /28.A7 WASHINGPUMPREAR OUTLETA4 X2 1
A18.PWM5 A /33.A7 REARWINDOWHEATER OUTLETA5 X2 2
forbidden.
WORKINGPROJECTORREAR
A18.PWM9 X2 6
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
ELECTRICKEYPAD
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
A A
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMSYSTEMSIDE
B B
PROJ: 8920980_003
A21a ModuleNr.:
+K4 Module name: HEAT-/ AIR CONDITIONING (INSTALLATION)
Phys.Adr. Sheet EA BDescription PLUG Pin Phys.Adr. Sheet EA Description Plug Pin
A21a.7 /65.B2 VMC1Potentiometer tap VMC1Potentiometer tap 7 A21a.31 /67.A4 VMC5counter clockwise rotation VMC5counter clockwise rotation 31
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
A21a.8 /65.B7 VMC2clockwise rotation VMC2clockwise rotation 8 A21a.32 /67.A3 VrefVMC5 VrefVMC5 32
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
A21a.9 /65.A7 VMC2counter clockwise rotation VMC2counter clockwise rotation 9 A21a.33 /67.A2 GroundVMC5 GroundVMC5 33
A21a.10 /65.A6 VrefVMC2 VrefVMC2 10 A21a.34 /67.B2 VMC5potentiometer tap VMC5potentiometer tap 34
A21a.11 /65.A5 GroundVMC2 GroundVMC2 11 A21a.35 /64.B5 Sensor1+(icing) Sensor1+(icing) 35
A21a.12 /65.B6 VMC2 potentiometer tap VMC2potentiometer tap 12 A21a.36 /64.B6 Sensor1(icing) Sensor1(icing) 36
not used not used Sensor2+(icing) Sensor2+(icing)
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A21a.18 /66.A3 18
A21a.19 /66.A2 VrefVMC3 VrefVMC3 19
A21a.20 /66.A1 GroundVMC3 GroundVMC3 20
A21a.21 /66.B2 VMC3potentiometer tap VMC3potentiometer tap 21
A21a.22 /66.B7 VMC4clockwise rotation VMC4clockwise rotation 22
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
A21a.23 /66.A7 23
A21a.24 /66.A6 VrefVMC4 VrefVMC4 24
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
A A
B B
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K4
OPTIONKEYPAD
A19 10278759
F F
A A
B B
+K4
A22 10278759
PROJ: 8920980_003
C
A22.Kl15 A /39.F8 SUPPLYKl.15 SUPPLY X1 5 C
A22.c. A n.c n.c X1 6
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
E E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
A A
B B
240.00
PROJ: 8920980_003
F1 10A F31a 10A F14 15A F45 10A F56 10A F67 10A F27 10A
... WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT FUELPREHEATING INPUTMODULE2 OUTPUTMODULE2BANK2 OUTPUTMODULE3 PROFILELIGHT/
.................................. Vcc K11/50,Y50,Y20,Y21 VccDO1 PARKINGLIGHT
F2 7,5A F31b 10A F15 10A F46 10A F57 10A F68 10A F28 10A
HIGHBEAMLEFT WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT LHCONTROLLEVERVNR INPUTMODULE3 ... OUTPUTMODULE3 WEIGHINGDEVICE
Erreg.G3,SIMULATIOND+ VccJOYSTICKSTEERING ... VccDO2 ...
F3 7,5A F32a 10A F18 10A F47 10A F58 10A F69 10A F30 15A
HIGHBEAMRIGHT WORKINGPROJECTORLEFT Windscreen wiper motor OUTPUTMODULE1BANK1 ... OUTPUTMODULE3 VccVOLTAGECONVERTER
C REARHATCH washing p. backdust filter check Y10,Y14,Y9,Y17 ... VccDO3 (RADIO,12Vplug.) C
F4 7,5A F32b 10A F19 10A F48 10A F59 10A F70 10A F34 20A
LOWBEAMLEFT WORKINGPROJECTORRIGHT HEAT/AIRCond. system.Kl.15 OUTPUTMODULE1BANK2 OUTPUTMODULE2DO1 OUTPUTMODULE3 REFUELLINGPUMP
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
F5 7,5A F33a 10A F20 15A F49 10A F60 10A F71 10A F35 10A
LOWBEAMRIGHT WORKINGPROJECTORLEFT* WIPER,WASHINGPUMP VccDO4 OUTPUTMODULE2DO2 VccKEYPADSKl.15 VccMASTERKl.30
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
F6 3A F33b 10A F21 10A F50 10A F61 10A F72 F38 5A
BOUNDARY/PARKINGLIGHT WORKINGPROJECTORRIGHT* LOWBEAM ... OUTPUTMODULE2DO3 ... LHECUUP/CR
LEFT CABROOF HIGHBEAM ... E1,E5back off lights ... VccController
F7 3A F29 25A F9 10A F22 7,5A F51 10A F62 10A F73 F39 5A
BOUNDARY/PARKINGLIGHT Ignition lock release PUSHBUTTONSWITCHLHCONTROLLEVERR Switch lighting OUTPUTMODULE1DO1 OUTPUTMODULE2DO4 ... UhrAUXILIARYHEATER
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F07b 10A F75 10A F10 5A F23 5A F52 10A F63 10A F74 15A F40 20A
D Flashing function RADIOKl.58 DISPLAYUNIT PuritecPARTICLEFILTER OUTPUTMODULE1DO2 OUTPUTMODULE3 REARWINDOWHEATER VCCAUXILIARYHEATERKl.30 D
12VELECTRICALSOCKET ... REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTOR OPM2Y2a,Y3a,Y11,Y12 VccBANK1 MIRRORHEATING* ...
F8 15A F76 10A F11 10A F24 10A F53 10A F64 10A F19A 20A F41 20A
compressor seat*,(RADIO) RADIOKl.30 PRESSURESWITCH IGNITIONON OUTPUTMODULE1DO3 OUTPUTMODULE3 HEAT/AIRCOND.SYS.Kl.30 Dust particle filter .
CIGARETTELIGHTER(X70) B32,B28,B3,B3a ENGINEECU Y62central lubrication sys.LH VccBANK2 ...
forbidden.
F8A 10A F12 10A F43 5A F54 5A F65 10A F25 10A F42
Interior lighting Groeneveldcentr. lubr. system LogicINPUT1+2 Kl.15MASTER OUTPUTMODULE3 WARNINGBEACON ...
ClockAUXILIARYHEATER ... LogicOUTPUT1+2 ... VccBANK3 ...
F13 15A F44 10A F55 10A F66 10A F26 10A
M11VENTILATORCONDENSER INPUTMODULE1 OUTPUTMODULE2BANK1 OUTPUTMODULE3 DIAGNOSTICPLUG
KL.30
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
S1 F36 40A
F17 40A F16 40A A14.B1LHECUUP/CR
A14.B2LHECUUP/CR
... ...
F37
LEDTEST ... ... ...
E KL.15 ... 8922717_002 E
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
E
B
D
A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung, tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Zustand
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten. forbidden. PROJ: 8920980_003
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
nderung
1
1
Datum
Name
Datum
Datum
Ersteller
Ausgabe
2
2
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
27.03.2007 09:42
26.03.200716:16
3
3
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
4
5
5
ENGINE
6
6
ELECTRICALDIAGRAMDIESELENGINE4AND6CYLINDER
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
7
7
WITHENGINEECU
8920980
D936A6ANDD934A6
460901000003
Ort
Anlage
8
8
von003
101 Blatt
114
F
C
E
B
D
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ᑏ
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
ENGINEECU
A A
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
+M /107.C5
B708 1 M710<>Y22
ENGINESIDE VEHICLESIDE
1
X1
R710<>R701
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
GENERATOR
/105.B3
B B
D+
+M
G700<>G3
PROJ: 8920980_003
INJECTIONPUMP
STARTER
C C
+M /109.B3 +M /109.B4 +M /109.B6 +M /110.B3 +M /110.B4 +M /110.B6
Y711 X1 Y712 X1 Y713 X1 Y714 X1 Y715 X1 Y716 X1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
+M /105.B6
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
50
M700<>M1
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/107.C7
1
D D
B707
+M
forbidden.
/108.B2
SPEED
1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
B711
+M
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
/106.B2
1
1 2 3
B703
+M
B710
/108.B7
E 3 E
n1 PHASESENSOR /106.C7
+M
1
B713
+M
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WATERDETECTOR
B709
1
/107.C3
B701 1 +M
/108.B4
SPEED
+M /106.B5 TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
n
1
OILPRESSURE
B712
=M
+M
1 2 3
F F
n2
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 STANDBY Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 102
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH AM6CYLINDERENGINE ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
C
E
B
D
A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung, tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Zustand
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten. forbidden. PROJ: 8920980_003
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
3
3
nderung
n1
2
2
1
1
1
1
SPEED
n2
Datum
SPEED
n
/109.B3 /109.B4 /109.B6
+M +M +M
Name
Y711 X1 Y712 X1 Y713 X1
PHASESENSOR
+M
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
/108.B2
Datum
Datum
Ersteller
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
Ausgabe
1
OILPRESSURE
TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
B711
+M /108.B4
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
B712 1
+M +M +M +M
2
2
lbhhae0
B709 1 +M
DonningerJ.
INJECTIONPUMP16
/107.C5
B708 1
27.03.2007 09:42
26.03.200716:16
Y714 X1 Y715 X1Y716 X1
+M /110.B3 +M /110.B4 +M /110.B6
B710 3
/106.C7
+M
3
3
ᑏ
R710
R710<>R701
14 28 42 56 70
R710
WATERDETECTOR
13 27 41 55 69
12 26 40 54 68
X1
11 25 39 53 67
10 24 38 52 66
9 23 37 51 65
8 22 36 50 64
ENGINEPLUG
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
4
7 21 35 49 63
6 20 34 48 62
+M 5 19 33 47 61
1
X700.S 4 18 32 46 60
M710
3 17 31 45 59
1
X700.B 2 16 30 44 58
M710<>Y22
1 15 29 43 57
+M
WL700
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
M710
1
WH 1.94
ENGINEECU
G700
+M
5
5
+M 14 28 42 56 70
D+
13 27 41 55 69
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
X700.B
12 26 40 54 68
/105.B3
11 25 39 53 67
2
X700.S
10 24 38 52 66
+M 9 23 37 51 65
8 22 36 50 64
G700
G700<>G3
GENERATOR
7 21 35 49 63
VEHICLEPLUG
6 20 34 48 62
5 19 33 47 61
4 18 32 46 60
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS
3 17 31 45 59
2 16 30 44 58
1 15 29 43 57
+M
1
6
6
X701.S
1
X701.B
STARTER
+M
M700
M700
+M
M700<>M1
WL701 WH 1.94
50
/105.B6
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
7
7
8920980
460901000003
Ort
Anlage
8
8
von003
Blatt
114
103
F
C
E
B
D
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+M
A700C.6
Phys.Addr. Typ Sheet Description Plug PIN Phys.Addr. Type Sheet Description Plug PIN
A700C.AI3.REF2 A /106.E5 OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER SUPPLY(5V) X1 63 A700C.INDEX.GND /108.E6 phase sensor GND X1 42
A700C.AI3 A /106.E4 OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER SIGNAL(0,54,5V) X1 49 A700C.FI1 RESERVE NC X1 24
A700C.AI3.GND A /106.E4 OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER GND X1 35 A700C.FI1.GND RESERVE NC X1 23
A700C.AI4.REF2 A RESERVE NC X1 62 A700C.FI2 RESERVE NC X1 25
A700C.AI4 A RESERVE NC X1 48 A700C.FI2.GND RESERVE NC X1 26
B B
A700C.AI4.GND A RESERVE NC X1 34 A700C.DI1 D /105.E2 DynamoD+ Ubat X1 64
A700C.AI5.REF3 A /106.E3 Air intake pressure transmitter SUPPLY(5V) X1 61
A700C.DO9 D /105.E7 Starting motor.KL50 Activation(UBat) X1 29
PROJ: 8920980_003
A700C.CURR2.HIGH RESERVE NC X1 11
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
A700C.AI8.GND A RESERVE NC X1 30
A700C.TI2 A /107.E7 Air intakte temp. transmitter SIGNAL X1 50 A700C.CURR2.LOW RESERVE NC X1 12
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
A700C.TI2.GND A /107.E6 Air intake temp. transmitter GND X1 36 A700C.A1.HIGH.MV1 /109.E2 EPCYLINDER1 PWM(+) X1 22
A Coolant temp. transmitter SIGNAL X1 51 A700C.A1.LOW.MV1 /109.E3 EPCYLINDER1 PWM(GND) X1 8
A700C.TI3 /107.E5
A700C.TI3.GND A /107.E4 Coolant temp. transmitter GND X1 37 A700C.A2.HIGH.MV2 /109.E4 EPCYLINDER2 PWM(+) X1 21
Fuel temp. transmitter
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
61
70
60
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
59
58
57
51
50
52
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
56
55
54
53
41
31
40
30
42
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
29
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
11
10
14
13
12
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
*70/70
153
F F
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 104
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH 6CYLINDER ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
VEHICLESIDE
/19.E4
B B
X
PROJ: 8920980_003
WL701 WH 1.94
+M D+ W +M D+ W +M 30 50
G700 G3~ G700 G3~ M700 M
31
B+ B B+ B
1080A 15100A 6,6kW
C C
WL700 WH AWG14
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
2
+M +M +M +M
X700.B X700.B X701.B X701.B
2
1
1
X700.S X700.S X701.S X701.S
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
1
2
+M +M +M +M
2
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.94
WH 1.94
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
64
64
29
A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1
X1 64 X1 29
A700C.DI1 A700C.DO9
E
+M D +M D E
A700C.6 DYNAMO ( Generator )D+ A700C.6 Starter.KL50
/104.B6 /104.B6
Ubat Activation(UBat)
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
MOTORECU MOTORECU
F F
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 STARTER,GENERATOR Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 105
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1 2 3 1 2 3 BK BK
B703.X B701.X
1
1
2
2
3
3
3 2 1
B710.X
1
2
3
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
33
47
35
49
63
39
53
57
A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1
61
X1 33 X1 47 X1 61 X1 35 X1 49 X1 63 X1 39 X1 53 X1 57
A700C.AI5.GND A700C.AI5 A700C.AI5.REF3 A700C.AI3.GND A700C.AI3 A700C.AI3.REF2 A700C.TI5.GND A700C.TI5 A700C.POWER.PS1
E
+M A A A +M A A A +M E
A700C.6 Charge air pressure sensor Charge air pressure sensor Charge air pressure sensor A700C.6 Oil pressure sensor Oil pressure sensor Oil pressure sensor A700C.6 WATER DETECTOR WATER DETECTOR WATER DETECTOR
/104.B2 /104.B2 /104.D2
GND SIGNAL(0,54,5V) SUPPLY(5V) GND SIGNAL(0,54,5V) Supply(5V) GND SIGNAL SUPPLY(UBat)
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 CHARGEAIRCOOLER Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 106
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH OILPRESSURESWITCH,WATERDETECTOR ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+M +M +M
PROJ: 8920980_003
1 2 1 2 1 2
B709.X B708.X B707.X
1
2
2
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
38
52
37
36
50
A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1
51
X1 38 X1 52 X1 37 X1 51 X1 36 X1 50
A700C.TI4.GND A700C.TI4 A700C.TI3.GND A700C.TI3 A700C.TI2.GND A700C.TI2
E
+M A A +M A A +M A A E
A700C.6 FUEL TEMP. SENSOR FUEL TEMP. SENSPR A700C.6 COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR A700C.6 AIR INTAKE TEMP. Sensor AIR INTAKE TEMP. Sensor
/104.D2 /104.D2 /104.D2
GND SIGNAL GND SIGNAL GND SIGNAL
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 FUELTEMPERATURESENSOR Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 107
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH AKTIVEOSCILLATING ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+M n +M n +M n
B
B711 X B712 X B713 X
B
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
B711.X B712.X B713.X
1
1
2
2
3
3
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
55
69
40
54
68
42
56
70
A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1
41
X1 41 X1 55 X1 69 X1 40 X1 54 X1 68 X1 42 X1 56 X1 70
A700C.SPEED1.GND A700C.SPEED1 A700C.POWER.SPEED1 A700C.SPEED2.GND A700C.SPEED2 A700C.POWER.SPEED2 A700C.INDEX.GND A700C.INDEX A700C.POWER.INDEX
E
+M +M +M E
A700C.6 ENGINE SPEED Sensor1 ENGINE SPEED Sensor1 ENGINE SPEED Sensor1 A700C.6 ENGINE SPEED Sensor2 ENGINE SPEED Sensor2 ENGINE SPEED Sensor2 A700C.6 PHASE SENSOR PHASE SENSOR PHASE SENSOR
/104.E2 /104.E2 /104.B6
GND SIGNAL SUPPLY(12V) GND SIGNAL SUPPLY(12V) GND SIGNAL SUPPLY(12V)
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1,ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2, Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 108
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH PHASESENSOR ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B +M +M +M B
Y711 Y712 Y713
PROJ: 8920980_003
X1 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
22
20
A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1
21
8
6
X1 22 X1 8 X1 21 X1 7 X1 20 X1 6
A700C.A1.HIGH.MV1 A700C.A1.LOW.MV1 A700C.A2.HIGH.MV2 A700C.A2.LOW.MV2 A700C.A3.HIGH.MV3 A700C.A3.LOW.MV3
E
+M +M +M E
A700C.6 IPCYLINDER1 IPCYLINDER1 A700C.6 IPCYLINDER2 IPCYLINDER2 A700C.6 IPCYLINDER3 IPCYLINDER3
/104.D6 /104.D6 /104.D6
PWM(+) PWM(GND) PWM(+) PWM(GND) PWM(+) PWM(GND)
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 INJECTIONPUMPCYLINDER13 Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 109
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B +M +M +M B
Y714 Y715 Y716
PROJ: 8920980_003
X1 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2
C C
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
D D
forbidden.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
18
17
16
A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1 A700C.6.X1
4
2
X1 18 X1 4 X1 17 X1 3 X1 16 X1 2
A700C.B1.HIGH.MV5 A700C.B1.LOW.MV5 A700C.B2.HIGH.MV6 A700C.B2.LOW.MV6 A700C.B3.HIGH.MV7 A700C.B3.LOW.MV7
E
+M +M +M E
A700C.6 IPCYLINDER4 IPCYLINDER4 A700C.6 IP CYLINDER5 IPCYLINDER5 A700C.6 EPZYLINDER6 EPZYLINDER6
/104.D6 /104.E6 /104.E6
PWM(+) PWM(GND) PWM(+) PWM(GND) PWM(+) PWM(GND)
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
F F
Ersteller lbhhae0
DonningerJ. Anlage
Datum 26.03.200716:16 INJECTIONPUMPCYLINDER46 Ident.Nr. 8920980 Ort
Ausgabe 110
Datum
WerkBischofshofenGmbH ZeichNr. 460901000003 003
Blatt
von 114
Zustand nderung Datum Name 27.03.2007 09:42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ᑏ
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
ENGINEECU
A AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR A
B708
1 M710<>Y22
ENGINESIDE VEHICLESIDE
1
R710<>R701
X1
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
GENERATOR
B B
G700<>G3
D+
PROJ: 8920980_003
INJECTIONPUMP14
C C
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR
X1 X1 X1 X1
1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
B711
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
n1
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
PHASESENSOR
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
1
B707
D D
B713
n
forbidden.
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
1
1
3 2 1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
B703
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
1
B712 OILPRESSURESWITCH B701
3
E n2 1 2 3
B710 E
WATERDETECTOR
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
B709
TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
50
F STARTER M700<>M1 F
E
B
D
A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung, tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
Zustand
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten. forbidden. PROJ: 8920980_003
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
3
3
nderung
2
2
1
1
1
1
n1
Datum
B711
1
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR
n2
Y711
Name
Y712
X1 X1
TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
Datum
Datum
Ersteller
B712
Ausgabe
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
1
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR
OILPRESSURESWITCH
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
n
2
2
PHASESENSOR
1 1 1 1 1
B701
B707
B709
B708
B703
lbhhae0
1
B713
INJECTIONPUMP14
DonningerJ.
27.03.2007 09:42
26.03.200716:16
X1 X1
Y713
Y714
3
3
R710
ᑏ
R710<>R701
14 28 42 56 70
13 27 41 55 69
12 26 40 54 68
11 25 39 53 67
WATERDETECTOR
X1
10 24 38 52 66
9 23 37 51 65
8 22 36 50 64
7 21 35 49 63
ENGINESIDE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
6 20 34 48 62
4
4
5 19 33 47 61
4 18 32 46 60
3 17 31 45 59
2 16 30 44 58
M710
1 15 29 43 57
M710<>Y22
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
1
ENGINEECU
G700
14 28 42 56 70
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
13 27 41 55 69
5
5
D+
12 26 40 54 68
11 25 39 53 67
10 24 38 52 66
9 23 37 51 65
8 22 36 50 64
7 21 35 49 63
G700
6 20 34 48 62
VEHICLESIDE
G700<>G3
5 19 33 47 61
GENERATOR
4 18 32 46 60
3 17 31 45 59
2 16 30 44 58
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS
1 15 29 43 57
6
6
STARTER
M700
M700<>M1
50
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
7
7
8920980
460901000003
Ort
Anlage
8
8
003
von
Blatt
114
112
F
C
E
B
D
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+M
A700C4
Phys.Addr. Typ Sheet Description PLUG PIN Phys.Addr. Type Sheet Description Plug PIN
A700C.CURR2.HIGH RESERVE NC X1 11
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
A700C.AI8.GND A RESERVE NC X1 30
A700C.TI2 A Charge air temperature sensor SIGNAL X1 50 A700C.CURR2.LOW RESERVE NC X1 12
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
153
61
70
60
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
59
58
57
51
50
52
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
56
55
54
53
41
31
40
30
42
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
29
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
11
10
14
13
12
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
*70/70
F F
CODE CODE
= SYSTEM KIND OF EQUIPMENT CLAMP DENOTATION SIFUSES
LETTER LETTER
DIN EN613462 SIGNAL EXTRACTED OF DIN 72552
STABE S
A A COLOURS FARBEN A
U UNDER CARRIAGE A KEYPAD UNIT,BRACE UNIT,MONITOR, 15 SWITCHEDPLUSBEHINDBATTERY
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (OUTPUT IGNITION[DRIVE]SWITCH)
D REVOLVING STAGE
2 GY GREY GRAU
B APPROXIMATION,SENSOR,SWITCH
A BOOM 30 INPUTOFBATTERYPLUS,DIRECT
TACHO SENSOR,TEMPERATURE SENSOR 3 VT VIOLET VIOLETT
F CARRIAGE(CRAWLER CRANE) PRESSURE SENSOR,SWITCH,SENSOR RETURN WIRETOBATTERY,PLUS
30b
M MOTOR VIASWITCH/RELAY(SWITCHED PLUS) 5 LB LIGHTBROWN BEIGE
C CAPACITOR
E FLOURESCENT LAMP,LAMP,BULB,LIGHT FIXTURE 31 RETURN WIREFROMBATTERIE, 7,5 BN BROWN BRAUN
HEADLIGHTS,RUNNING LIGHT,HEATING MINUS/GROUNDDIRECT
B
10 RD RED ROT B
F FUSES,FI,CIRCUIT BREAKER 31b RETURN WIRETOBATTERY,MINUS/GROUND
VIASWITCH/RELAY(SWITCHEDMINUS) 15 BU BLUE BLAU
+ INSTALLATION LOCATION
PROJ: 8920980_003
G DYNAMOS,GENERATORS,BATTERIES
UNDER CARRIAGE 49 FLASHER UNIT 20 YE YELLOW GELB
H LAMPS ,ANNOUNC.
50 STARTER,STARTER CONTROL UNITDIRECT 30 GN GREEN GRN
H CAB K SWITCHING RELAY,TIME RELAY,CONTACTOR RELAY
I/OMODULE,UEAMODULE,ABVELECTRONICS, 50e50f START LOCK RELAY,INPUTOUTPUT
F VEHICLE TRANSISTOR,ELECTRONIC VALVES
52 TAG SIGNAL
S SWITCHCABINET L INDUCTORS WIRE COLOURS DIN IEC 757
M MOTORS 53,a,b,c,e,i WIPER MOTOR
C M MOTOR C
N TRANSDUCER 54 STOPLIGHT ALT COLOURS FARBEN
P BUZZER,CLAMP,SPEAKERS,CLOCK,
54g TAG SIGNAL(COMPRESSED AIR VALVE)
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
TACHOGRAPH,PRINTER,VOLTMETER,WATTMETER,
+ INSTALLATION LOCATION
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
gr GY GREY GRAU
REVOLVING STAGE / CARRIAGE Q POWER SWITCH RELAY(FOR LOAD) 55 FOG LAMP
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
V FILTER
75 RADIO,CIGARETTE LIGHTER gn GN GREEN GRN
W COLLECTING ELECTRODE,CABLE,CABLE LOOP,INFORMATION BUS
OPTICAL FIBER, 76 SPEAKERS sw BK BLACK SCHWARZ
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
= SYSTEM + EINSTALLATION LOCATION AKIND OF EQUIPMENT ZNUMBERING : ACONNECTION SIGNAL SFUSE or SIGNAL FUSE
= U + H K 53 : 30 30b.F390 +24V.L1
F F
Design
The following components are fitted on the cab rear wall:
- Fuse and relay board
- Voltage converter
- Main electronics (master)
- Input module
- Warning buzzer
- Diagnostic plug
- Optional components
The electrical and electronic components are mounted under the covering
on the cab rear wall.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-1 o f 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
F1 10 A terminal 15 reserve F47 10 A terminal 15 output module K209 Dust filter excess pressure
F2 7.5 A terminal 15 left high beam 1 bank 1 - Y9, Y10, Y14, Y17 system relay
F3 7.5 A terminal 15 right F48 10 A terminal 15 output module K228 Visual back-up alarm relay
high beam 1 bank 2 - H40, Y13, Y18, Y57 K229 Visual back-up alarm relay
F4 7.5 A terminal 15 left low beam F49 10 A terminal 15 output module K230 Automatic run-off relay
F5 7.5 A terminal 15 right low beam 1 bank 3 - YMo1, Y6.1, Y6.2, K240 Power hazard light relay
F6 3 A terminal 30 left profile light / Y6.3 Y11, Y12 K241 Reserve
parking light F50 10 A terminal 15 output module K242 Reserve
F7 3 A terminal 30 right profile light 1 bank 4 - Y2, Y3, YEP1, YEP2 K243 Reserve
/ parking light F51 10 A terminal 15 output module K244 Reserve
F07b 10 A terminal 15 hazard lights 1 DO1 supply - OP M2 - Y51, K245 Reserve
F8 15 A terminal 58 compressor Y52 K246 Reserve
seat, seat heater* F52 10 A terminal 15 output module K270 Immobiliser relay
F8a 10 A terminal 58 interior lighting, 1 DO2 supply - OP M2 - Y2a, K271 Return-to-dig relay M3
radio, cigarette lighter (X70) Y3a, Y11, Y12 R9b Alternator exciter resistance
F9 10 A terminal 15 LH control F53 10 A terminal 15 output module 220
lever button, air conditioning 1 DO3 supply Y62 central S1 Safety test button
keypad, optional keypad lubrication system V1 Extinguishing diode K01
F10 5 A terminal 15 display unit F54 5 A terminal 15 master control V2 Extinguishing diode K01/87
F11 10 A terminal 15 pressure A15 supply V3 Extinguishing diode K12
switches B32, B28, B3, B3a F55 10 A terminal 15 output module V4 Extinguishing diode K02
F12 20 A terminal 15 reserve 2 bank 1 - Y16, Y53, Y15 V5 Extinguishing diode K03
F13 20 A terminal 15 reserve F56 10 A terminal 15 output module V6 Extinguishing diode K02/87
F14 15 A terminal 15 fuel preheating 2 bank 2 - K11/50, Y50, Y20, V7 Extinguishing diode K03/87
F15 10 A terminal 15 S2 LH control Y21 V8 Extinguishing diode K5
lever; tank pipe sensor; terminal F57 10 A terminal 15 output module V9 Extinguishing diode K3
15 master; engine stop relay; 2 bank 3 - Y11, Y12 V10 Extinguishing diode K2
alternator excitation F58 10 A terminal 15 output module V11 Extinguishing diode K22
F16 40 A terminal 15 (MAXI fuse) 2 bank 4 - reserve V12 Extinguishing diode K22a
F17 40 A terminal 15 (MAXI fuse) F59 10 A terminal 15 output module V13 Extinguishing diode K22b
F18 10 A terminal 15 washer pump, 2 DO1 supply - OP M1 - YEP1, V14 Extinguishing diode K25
rear wiper motor YEP2, Y2, Y3 V15 Extinguishing diode K26
F19 10 A terminal 15 heater, B27 F60 10 A terminal 15 output module V16 Extinguishing diode K31a
air conditioning 2 DO2 supply - OP M1 - V17 Extinguishing diode K31b
F19A 20 A terminal 30 heater, air Y6.1.2.3 V18 Extinguishing diode K32a
conditioning F61 10 A terminal 15 output module V19 Extinguishing diode K32b
F20 15 A terminal 15 front wiper, 2 DO3 supply - E1, E5 V20 Extinguishing diode K33a
washer pump, horn F62 10 A terminal 15 output module V21 Extinguishing diode K33b
F21 10 A terminal 15 driving light, 2 DO4 supply - B16 V22 Extinguishing diode F9 reserve
high beam F63 10 A terminal 15 output module V23 Extinguishing diode F14
F22 7.5 A terminal 15 brake lights, 3 bank 1 - reserve preheating
switch illumination F64 10 A terminal 15 output module V24 Extinguishing diode F19 heater
F23 15 A terminal 15 reserve 3 bank 2 - reserve blower, air conditioning
F24 10 A terminal 15 ignition ON, F65 10 A terminal 15 output module V25 Extinguishing diode F72 reserve
engine ECU 3 bank 3 - reserve V29 Extinguishing diode K240/87
F25 10 A terminal 30 F66 10 A terminal 15 output module V30 Extinguishing diode K241/87
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-3 o f 3
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
F32a 10 A terminal 30/15 working terminal 58, 12 V socket V44 Extinguishing diode K271
floodlight rear left (rear hatch) F76 10 A terminal 30 radio + V45 Extinguishing diode K228
F32b 10 A terminal 30/15 working K01 Ignition starter switch relief relay V46 Extinguishing diode K243
floodlight rear right (rear hatch) terminal 15 V48 Extinguishing diode K246
F33a 10 A terminal 30/15 working K02 Starter solenoid relay* V49 Extinguishing diode K245
floodlight rear left (cab door)* K03 Engine stop relay* V50 Extinguishing diode K244
F33b 10 A terminal 30/15 working K1 Direction indicator relay V51 Extinguishing diode K242
floodlight rear right (cab door)* V52 Extinguishing diode K241
K2 Profile light, parking light relay
F34 20 A terminal 30 V53 Extinguishing diode K240
K3 Low beam / driving light relay
refuelling pump* V54 Extinguishing diode K209
F35 10 A terminal 30 master control K3a High beam relay V57 Extinguishing diode K10
supply A15 K5 Relay terminal 15 V58 Extinguishing diode K9
F36 40 A terminal 30 engine control K8 Rear windscreen wiper and V59 Extinguishing diode K8
unit supply A14 LH-ECU washer pump relay V60 Extinguishing diode K3a
(output) K9 Flashing beacon relay V81 Alternator excitation blocking
F37 40 A terminal 30 reserve K10 Mirror/rear window heater relay diode
F38 5 A terminal 30 engine control K12 Radio / 12 V socket relay V82 Alternator excitation blocking
unit supply A14 LH-ECU terminal 58 diode
(output) K22 Hazard lights relay terminal 15 V83 Direction indicator blocking
F39 20 A terminal 30 engine K22a Relay S4 H16, H18 diode
compartment lighting, auxiliary K22b Relay S4 H15, H17 V84 Direction indicator blocking
heater clock K25 John Deere (USA) hazard light diode
F40 20 A terminal 30 auxiliary relay V85 Direction indicator blocking
heater control K26 John Deere (USA) hazard light diode
F41 20 A terminal 30 reserve relay V86 Direction indicator blocking
F42 20 A terminal 30 reserve K31a Left working floodlight + double diode
F43 5 A terminal 15 input module beam relay, front left V87 Direction indicator blocking
1+2 logic K31b Right working floodlight + diode
F44 10 A terminal 15 input module 1 double beam relay, front right V88 Direction indicator blocking
supply K32a Left working floodlight + double diode
F45 10 A terminal 15 input module 2 beam relay, rear left V89 Direction indicator blocking
supply K32b Right working floodlight + diode
F46 10 A terminal 15 input module 3 double beam relay, rear right V90 Hydraulic quick change device
supply blocking diode
V99 Direction indicator blocking
diode
* Options
Function description
Basic function
The relay and fuse board houses and connects the electrical components.
The relay and fuse board does not have a control function.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
However, the other electrical and electronic components are powered via the
relay and fuse board.
10.1-4 o f 3 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
Fuse test
The fuses on the relay and fuse board are divided into three categories.
- Fuses for power supply from terminal 30
- Fuses for power supply from terminal 15
- Fuses to protect various functions
(e.g. low beam, profile lights / parking light)
Each fuse has an LED and can be tested by pressing the button S1.
The fuse test depends on the electrical status.
Only the fuses of the activated circuit can be tested:
- When the main switch is on (terminal 30) only the LEDs on terminal 30
power supply fuses light up when the button S1 is pressed.
- When the main ignition is on (terminal 15) the LEDs on terminal 30 and
terminal 15 power supply fuses light up when the button S1 is pressed.
- The LEDs to protect the various functions only light up when the
corresponding function is activated.
If an LED does not light up, the fuse is defective.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-5 o f 5
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
Technical data
See section 2.1
The main electronics (master) A15 are located on the cab rear wall.
Design
Function description
Basic function
The main electronics (master) is the brain of the machine control system.
The main electronics (master) controls and monitors all connected CAN or
external modules.
The application software in the main electronics (master) strictly follows the
following time cycles:
- Fetch all input data from the CAN/external modules
- Perform all calculations in the application software with the input data;
calculate the output data
- Generate output data for connected external/CAN modules, which
convert the commands into actions (for example activating a solenoid
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Memory card
The application software is stored on the memory card in slot 1 (CF1).
1 128 MB capacity memory card
2 ID no. of memory card including current software
3 Current software INDEX
4 Production date
Each time the system is started up (ignition switched on), the application
software on the memory card in slot 1 (CF1) is tested and (if there are
changes) an update is performed.
128 MB memory card
10.1-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
The data on the memory card takes priority. The system cannot be operated
without a memory card.
Status list
LED B LED A Status Description
Green Orange
LED Directly after the main electronics (master) are switched on, an automatic
On On activation LED test is performed. The system is started.
test
The system is started and waits for all the conditions, such as the presence
Off Off Booting
of CAN modules in the system, to be met.
Flashes
(1 s on, Off Running The system is running fully in normal operation
1 s off)
Flashes
The entire control system has been shut down due to a critical error. The
Off (0.2 s. on, Critical
application software is stopped and the machine cannot be operated.
0.2 s. off)
Flashes
CAN Download of required software to a CAN module is in progress. The appli-
(1 s on, On
download cation software has not yet been started. The machine cannot yet be operated.
1 s off)
Flashes The entire control system has been shut down due to an error with
On (0.2 s. on, ALARM ALARM priority. The application software is stopped and the machine
0.2 s. off) cannot be operated.
Flash in time The entire control system has been shut down due to a fatal error. The
FATAL
(0.2 s. on, 0.2 s. off) application software is stopped and the machine cannot be operated.
Flash in time The system has been shut down due to a power down command. The
Power down
(1 s on, 1 s off) machine cannot be operated.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
The system has been completely shut down. The machine cannot be
Power off
Flash alternately operated.
(1 s on, 1 s off) Flash Part of the main electronics software is being updated. The machine cannot
programming be operated until this has been completed.
Part of the MASTER's internal FLASH memory is being deleted (prior to
Off On Flash erase
reprogramming)
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-7 o f 7
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.1-8 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
Plug assignment
6-pin Deutsch connector
1 Earth (ground) 4 Unassigned
2 Terminal 15 from fuse F54 5 Housing earth
3 Unassigned 6 Terminal 30 from fuse F35
PWR_X connector
CAN_X connector
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-9 o f 9
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
Technical data
See section 2.1
The input modules are located under the left cab access and in the cab, and
are arranged as follows:
1 Left rear section
2 Output module 3 A17c (optional)
3 Input module 3 A16c (optional)
4 Input module 1 A16a
5 Output module 2 A17b
6 Output module 1 A17a
Input module 2 A16b in the cab on the rear wall
Module layout
Design
Input module
1 Input module 3 Connector
2 Ventilation and bleeder screw 4 Type plate
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Function description
The input modules have the following functions:
1 Power supply for switches and sensors
2 Converting analogue and digital signals to CAN bus messages
3 Forwarding the converted signals via CAN bus to the main electronics
(master)
The only difference between the input modules is their address.
The input modules 1 A16a and 2 A16b must be plugged in and operational
for the system to work.
10.1-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-11 o f 1 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
10.1-12 o f 1 1 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
LED indication
Module status display After the ignition is switched on, the following conditions may be shown:
Status Description
Module ready, waiting to receive
Green LED flashes slowly
the first message on the CAN bus
CAN bus communication active,
Green LED flickers/lights up
normal control
Error frames detected on CAN bus.
Defect on the CAN bus (e.g. wiring
Red LED flickers/lights up error, loose contact, no terminating
resistor) Normal control may not
be possible
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-13 o f 1 3
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
10.1-14 o f 1 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
Technical data
See section 2.1
The output modules are located under the left cab access and are arranged
as follows:
1 Left rear section
2 Output module 3 A17c (optional)
3 Input module 3 A16c (optional)
4 Input module 1 A16a
5 Output module 2 A17b
6 Output module 1 A17a
Module layout
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Output module
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-15 o f 1 5
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
Function description
The output modules have the following functions:
- Converting digital input signals (CAN bus messages) from the main
electronics (master) into analogue commands.
- Controlling the consumer units via terminal equipment.
The power supply for the terminal equipment is divided as follows:
- Activation via banks, which consist of 4 terminal devices and have a
single power source (fuse).
- Direct activation from a fuse, where individual terminal devices are
powered directly by a corresponding fuse.
- Indirect activation from a fuse, where individual terminal devices are
powered by a corresponding fuse via an upstream module. This
configuration is required for switching off outputs in safety-critical states.
10.1-16 o f 1 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-17 o f 1 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
LED indication
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.1-18 o f 1 7 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
Module status display After the ignition is switched on, the following conditions may be shown:
Status Description
Module ready, waiting to receive the
Green LED flashes slowly
first message on the CAN bus
CAN bus communication active,
Green LED flickers/lights up
normal control
Error frames detected on CAN bus.
Defect on the CAN bus (e.g. wiring
Red LED flickers/lights up error, loose contact, no terminating
resistor) Normal control may not be
possible
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-19 o f 1 9
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.1-20 o f 2 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Electrical components
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.1-21 o f 2 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Electrical components
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.1-22 o f 2 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Electrical system
Battery installation
Design
Battery arrangement
1 Connecting cable from fuses to 6 Earth point on machine frame
consumers 7 Connecting cable from battery
2 Fuses in the rear section (+) to the consumers
3 Connecting cable from battery to 8 Connecting cable from battery 1
main switch (+) to battery 2 (-)
4 Connecting cable from main 9 Batteries 1 and 2 in the left
switch to vehicle earth ballast weight
5 Main switch 10 Electrical consumers
The batteries are installed in the left ballast weight. The two batteries are
connected in series.
The battery main switch S1 is installed in the rear left of the engine compart-
ment and disconnects the battery circuit (-) from the vehicle earth.
The following components are powered directly by the battery.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
- M1 Starter
- G3 Alternator
- A4 Voltage converter
- F01 100 A main fuse
- F02 60 A preglow fuse
- F03 200 A fuse for emergency steering pump
- F07 10 A fuse for hazard lights
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 10.2-1 o f 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Electrical system Service Manual
Battery installation
10.2.1 Batteries
(ID 6002886, 613203208)
Technical data
See section 2.1
Apart from the terminals, the batteries require no maintenance during
normal operation.
Battery arrangement
1 Battery 3 Drip catcher
2 Back-ignition protection
The battery has a gas escape mechanism and is equipped with back-ignition
protection and a drip catcher.
The free channels must be sealed with dummy plugs.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.2-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
11 Transmission
11.0
Chapter contents
11 Transmission..................................................................... 11.0-1
11.0 Transmission.................................................................................11.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30.01.2007
11.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
11.0 Transmission
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Mechanical transmission
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Cross section of the transmission (note: the drive shaft 2 with the coupling 2 is shown turned upwards to make it
easier to see)
1 Transmission housing 5 Coupling 3 11 Coupling 1 lube oil duct
2 Variable displacement motor 2 6 Coupling 1 12 Coupling 3 lube oil duct
drive shaft 7 Rear axle drive shaft flange 13 Coupling 2 lube oil duct
3 Coupling 2 8 Oil strainer 14 Oil filter
4 Variable displacement motor 1 9 Power take-off shaft 15 Control valve block
drive shaft 10 Front axle drive shaft flange
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.1-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Mechanical transmission
The gearbox is elastically mounted in the rear section of the wheel loader and
is driven by two variable displacement motors. The motors drive the two input
shafts 2 and 4, which transfer the torque to the coupling sets 3, 5 and 6. The
hydraulically actuated couplings consist of an inside-geared coupling cage, an
outside-geared coupling hub, discs, piston, press plate and return springs.
The outside-geared steel discs and inside-geared friction discs are arranged
alternately. The outside-geared discs are connected to the coupling cage
and the inside-geared discs are connected to the coupling hub in such a way
that they cannot twist. The hub and the friction discs turn freely with the input
shafts when the coupling is not actuated.
When the travel range is shifted, oil is directed from the solenoid valve in the
control valve block 15 through the appropriate duct to the coupling valve. As
soon as the coupling valve is actuated, oil flows through the duct to the
corresponding coupling piston. The oil pressure pushes the piston and discs
against the press plate.
When the steel and friction discs are pressed together, they connect the
coupling cage and hub so that they turn together.
When the coupling is closed, power is transmitted from the oil motor to the
output shaft. The two drive shafts to the front and rear section are connected
to the flanges of the output shaft 7 and 10.
When the coupling is open, the return springs push the coupling piston back.
The oil in front of the piston escapes through the coupling valve and holes in the
coupling piston to the oil sump. The oil sump is fitted in transmission housing 1.
A pump fitted to the engine draws the gear oil is through pipes out of the
sump. The oil strainer 8 is fitted on the intake port of the oil sump. The gear
oil is pumped back through a filter into the transmission. Some of the oil is
directed through the oil cooler. The cooled oil is pumped to the transmission
lubrication system.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.1-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Mechanical transmission
Function description
Basic function
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.1-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Mechanical transmission
The 3 gears
1st gear
In first gear, the couplings K1 and K2 are closed. The torques from both
variable displacement motors are used to provide maximum tractive force.
Input shaft 1
The power from motor 1 is transferred directly via the input shaft 1 to the
drive gear of the intermediate shaft 3. The closed coupling K1 transfers the
torque of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
Input shaft 2
The power from motor 2 is transferred via the input shaft 2 to the coupling
K2 and the output gear of the input shaft 2. The power is then transferred via
the output gears of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
The power of both motors is accumulated in the intermediate shaft 3. The
power flow is shown in the adjacent graph.
2nd gear
In 2nd gear, the coupling K1 is opened and the motor 1 pivots to 0. At the
same time, motor 2 pivots to a wider angle.
Input shaft 1
Motor 1 pivots to 0 and the coupling K1 is opened.
Input shaft 2
The power from motor 2 is transferred via the input shaft 2 to the coupling
K2 and the output gear of the input shaft 2. The power is then transferred via
the output gears of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
The power flow is shown in the adjacent graph.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.1-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Mechanical transmission
3rd gear
In 3rd gear, the coupling K3 is closed and the coupling K2 is opened. The
full torque is transferred during shifting.
Input shaft 1
The power from motor 1 is transferred via the input shaft 1 and the coupling
K3 to the output gear of the input shaft 1. The power is then transferred via
the output gears of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
Input shaft 2
After the coupling K3 closes, motor 2 pivots to 0 and the coupling K2 is opened.
The power flow is shown in the adjacent graph.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.1-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Mechanical transmission
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.1-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Electronic control unit
Design
The main electronics (master) are attached to the rear trim of the cab under
a plastic cover and contains a flash card with the current machine software.
Basic function
The main electronics (master) is the brain of the machine control system.
The main electronics (master) controls and monitors all connected CAN or
external modules.
The application software in the main electronics (master) strictly follows the
following time cycles:
Fetch all input data from the CAN/external modules
Perform all calculations in the application software with the input data;
calculate the output data
Generate output data for connected external/CAN modules, which
convert the commands into actions (for example activating a solenoid
valve via one of the output modules)
A laptop can be connected to the master via a serial interface.
Using the SCULI software, the service engineer can make settings, perform
diagnosis and view operating data in the main electronics.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.2-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Electronic control unit
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.2-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Electronic control unit
Gearshift strategy
The controller constantly monitors the speed signals and the pump and motor
positions, and selects the most suitable gear in the automatic travel ranges.
The travel ranges can be changed at any speed. If the speed is too high for
the new travel range, the controller slows the machine by changing the
current to the pump and the variable displacement motor(s). When the
speed is appropriate for the new travel range after hydrostatic braking, the
travel range automatically changes.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.2-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Electronic control unit
Kick-down
The kick-down function allows manual shifting to first gear. Kick-down
shifting is used in the following situations:
Slowing the machine down when approaching the pile. The kick-down
function hydrostatically brakes the machine, and it shifts down to 1st gear.
Before driving onto a steep slope, you can use the kick-down function to
shift to 1st gear.
When you select the travel direction, the machine drives off in 2nd gear. If
steep terrain prevents this, you can use the kick-down function to shift
straight to 1st gear.
When you press the lick-down button 2 on the LIEBHERR control lever 1,
the machine is automatically hydrostatically braked and is shifted down to
1st gear.
At high travel speeds, the machine automatically shifts to 2nd gear, and then
to 1st gear.
At low travel resistance, 1st gear remains selected for 10 seconds.
During acceleration, the transmission automatically shifts to 2nd gear.
While pushing into the pile, first gear remains selected as long as the
resistance is high.
In kick-down mode, the maximum travel speed is 10 km/h. Kick-down mode
can be deactivated early by pressing the travel direction switch 3.
Design
The main wiring harness is connected to the right side of the transmission
using a Cannon plug.
Function description
Basic function
The Cannon plug is water- and dust-tight. Five lugs around its circumference
prevent it from being plugged in incorrectly.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.2-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Electronic control unit
Plug assignment
Pin Colour Function
A Red Modulation solenoid valve
B Green Coupling 2 solenoid valve
C Blue Coupling 3 solenoid valve
D Yellow Coupling 1 solenoid valve
E White Weight
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The transmission control valves are actuated by four solenoid valves. These
are installed on the left of the control valve block.
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.2-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Electronic control unit
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The input and output speeds of the transmission are recorded by speed
sensors and monitored by the main electronics (master).
Function description
Basic function
The sensors generate an AC signal with a frequency proportional to the
speed and number of teeth of the corresponding gear. This signal is
recorded by the main electronics (master) and converted to the speed.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.2-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Hydraulic control
Basic function
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.3-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Hydraulic control
The gear pump 7 draws up oil from the sump via a strainer. The oil sump is
fitted in the transmission housing.
The oil is pushed through the filter 8. The bypass valve 11 protects the filter
from overload. This valve opens at a differential pressure of 4.5 bar.
The hydro accumulator 9 is charged with gear oil.
Some of the oil flows through the pressure reducing valve 15 to the four
solenoid valves. The rest of the oil flows through the gear switching pressure
relief valve 12 to the gear oil cooler 10. The pressure relief valve is set to
203 bar. The pressure relief valve is adjusted using discs. The operating
pressure of the gearbox control unit is measured at the test point P.
The pressure reducing valve 15 reduces the oil pressure for actuating the
coupling valves from 20 to 9 bar.
The bypass valve 14 protects the gear oil cooler from hydraulic overload.
This opens at a differential pressure of 4 bar. Oil not used for lubricating the
couplings flows through the lubricating oil pressure limiting valve 13 to the oil
sump. The lubrication oil pressure limiting valve opens at 4 bar.
The cooled oil is pumped to the transmission lubrication system.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.3-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Hydraulic control
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.3-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Hydraulic control
Function description
Basic function
The control valve block directs oil to the various consumers in the
transmission. Some are hydrostatically controlled, others electrohydro-
statically. The oil pressure, cooling and lubrication are hydraulically
controlled. The couplings and the pressure modulation are electrohy-
draulically controlled.
The solenoid valves receive control impulses from the main electronics
(master). The solenoid valves open and direct the pressure oil to the valve of
the actuated coupling and control the pressure modulation.
Shifting gears The illustration here shows the two modulation valves (the sectional view of
the control valve block only shows one modulation valve).
The modulation valve 2 for coupling 2 is held in place by the plug 1. Position 3
is the solenoid valve Y6.mo for the modulation. Component 4 is the
modulation valve for coupling 1 and 3.
Pressure modulation is required for smooth gear shifting.
When a gear is selected, oil is directed to the corresponding coupling valve.
The coupling valve is actuated and the oil flows unchecked through the
modulation valve and the coupling valve into the coupling. This is called the
rapid fill phase.
During the rapid fill phase, the coupling pads should be quickly brought into
contact, but without the coupling closing. This accelerates the shifting process.
A few milliseconds after the solenoid valve shifts a gear, the modulation valve
is energised and the oil is directed via a restrictor to the coupling. The oil flow
to the coupling is metered, and the pressure in the coupling accumulates
slowly and in a controlled manner. This is called the modulation phase.
Shortly afterwards, the modulation valve is deactivated. The coupling
pressure has now exceeded the force of the coupling springs and the
coupling is closed.
The actuated variable displacement motor pivots to an angle of 0 with the
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
required speed. The variable displacement motor is then set to the correct
angle. The motor is synchronised before the torque is transferred, thus
ensuring smooth shifting.
11.3-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Transmission
Hydraulic control
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 11.3-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Transmission Service Manual
Hydraulic control
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump draws up oil from the transmission. Depending on the speed,
the oil flows from the transmission control valve block.
Pressure cut-off
A pressure relief valve in the transmission control valve block protects the
system from excess pressure.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.3-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
12 Axles, Drive shafts
12.0
Chapter contents
12 Axles, Drive shafts ............................................................ 12.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 12.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Axles, Drive shafts Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Axles, Drive shafts
Axles L550 - L576 2plus2
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171 Copyright by 12.1-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Axles, Drive shafts Service Manual
Axles L550 - L576 2plus2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.1-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
Service Manual Axles, Drive shafts
Axles L550 - L576 2plus2
Function description
Basic function
These are the basic functions of the axle:
Increasing and transferring the drive torque
Transferring the vertical device forces to the wheels
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The gear output torque is transmitted via the drive shaft to the axle input
shaft. The torque is increased to the wheel torque by the ratio of the tapered
gear in the differential housing and that of the planetary drives in the wheel
hubs. The input speed is reduced to the wheel speed accordingly.
The vertical operating load of the machine is transmitted from the rear section
via the screwed connection to the axle casing. The axle casing transmits this
load to the wheel hubs so that the machine is supported by the wheels.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171 Copyright by 12.1-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Axles, Drive shafts Service Manual
Axles L550 - L576 2plus2
Self-locking function
The disc brakes 9 on the left and right of the axle tapered gears 5 counteract
the relative movement between the axle tapered gear 5 and the differential
housing 3 with a braking force proportional to the rotary speed. This braking
torque has a blocking action and increases the torque on the side with a firm
hold on the ground. The braking torque thus compensates for the insufficient
support from the side with poor hold.
The disc brake consists of outer discs which are mounted in the differential
housing and of non-twisting inner discs linked to the axle tapered gears.
12.1-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
Service Manual Axles, Drive shafts
Axles L550 - L576 2plus2
Wheel fastening
The wheels are fastened onto the flanges of the wheel hubs by wheel nuts.
They are centred by the spherical collar nuts.
Axle lubrication
The axle has a shared oil system. This means the oil chambers in the
differential and the wheel hubs are connected. Oil drain plugs are fitted on
the wheel hubs and differential housing.
The differential and the wheel hubs are always filled and the level checked
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171 Copyright by 12.1-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
Axles, Drive shafts Service Manual
Axles L550 - L576 2plus2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.1-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
Service Manual Axles, Drive shafts
Axles L580 2plus2
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Function description
Basic function
These are the basic functions of the axle:
Increasing and transferring the drive torque
Transferring the vertical device forces to the wheels
The gear output torque is transmitted via the drive shaft to the axle input
shaft. The torque is increased to the wheel torque by the ratio of the tapered
gear in the differential housing and that of the planetary drives in the wheel
hubs. The input speed is reduced to the wheel speed accordingly.
The vertical operating load of the machine is transmitted from the rear section
via the screwed connection to the axle casing. The axle casing transmits this
load to the wheel hubs so that the machine is supported by the wheels.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Self-locking function
The disc brakes 7 on the left and right of the axle tapered gears 8 counteract
the relative movement between the axle tapered gear 8 and the differential
housing 2 with a braking force proportional to the rotary speed. This braking
torque has a blocking action and increases the torque on the side with a firm
hold on the ground. The braking torque thus compensates for the insufficient
support from the side with poor hold.
The disc brake consists of outer discs which are mounted in the differential
housing and of non-twisting inner discs linked to the axle tapered gears. The
spreading force is generated by the transfer of the differential torque from
the two pressure rings 4 to the compensation axles 5, which are loosely
guided on diagonal surfaces. It produces a load-dependent locking torque in
the disc brakes, which is always in equal proportion to the input torque. This
ratio, expressed as a percentage, is called the locking value.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Wheel fastening
The wheels are fastened onto the flanges of the wheel hubs by wheel nuts
with rotating cups.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Axle lubrication
The axle has a shared oil system. This means the oil chambers in the
differential and the wheel hubs are connected. Oil filler and drain plugs are
fitted on the wheel hubs and differential housing.
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Function
The drive shaft transfers the torque from the transmission to the front axle.
The universal joints at either end of the drive shaft allow it to compensate the
angle between the drive and the power take-off. The angle needs to be
compensated due to the articulated steering. The universal joint and
connector tube can be displaced axially to mesh together. This compensates
the length. Tolerances in assembly and slight movements during operation
make this necessary.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 12.3-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Axles, Drive shafts Service Manual
Drive shafts
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Function
The drive shaft transfers the torque from the transmission to the rear axle.
The universal joints at either end of the drive shaft allow it to compensate the
angle between the drive and the power take-off. The universal joint and
connector tube can be displaced axially to mesh together.
This compensates the length. Tolerances in assembly and slight movements
during operation make this necessary.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.3-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
13 Machine frame, Ballast
weight
13.0
Chapter contents
13 Machine frame, Ballast weight .......................................... 13.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 13.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Machine frame, Ballast weight Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Machine frame, Ballast weight
Machine frame
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
The machine frame transfers the forces of the lift arms to the axles. The
frame carries all the most important components of the machine, such as the
engine, cab and transmission.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 13.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Machine frame, Ballast weight Service Manual
Machine frame
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Machine frame, Ballast weight
Articulation bearing
Function description
Basic function
The articulation bearing connects the front and rear sections. It allows
steering of the machine by articulating the machine frame to the left or right.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 13.2-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Machine frame, Ballast weight Service Manual
Articulation bearing
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.2-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Machine frame, Ballast weight
Oscillating bearing
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 13.3-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Machine frame, Ballast weight Service Manual
Oscillating bearing
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.3-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Machine frame, Ballast weight
Articulation lock
Articulation lock
1 Locking bar 3 Spring clip
2 Pin
Function description
Basic function
The articulation lock arrests the articulated joint of the machine. This means
the steering is blocked, for example when transporting the machine.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 13.4-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Machine frame, Ballast weight Service Manual
Articulation lock
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.4-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Machine frame, Ballast weight
Ballast weight
Design
The ballast weight consist of two parts. They are bolted on the left and right
sides on the back of the rear section.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 13.5-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Machine frame, Ballast weight Service Manual
Ballast weight
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.5-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
14 Central lubrification system
14.0
Chapter contents
14 Central lubrification system ............................................... 14.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 14.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Central lubrification system Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Central lubrification system
Manual central lubrication
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Basic function
The two central lubricating rails are for lubricating points which are difficult
to access.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 14.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Central lubrification system Service Manual
Manual central lubrication
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Central lubrification system
Automatic central lubrication system
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 14.2-1 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Central lubrification system Service Manual
Automatic central lubrication system
Valid for: L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.2-2 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Central lubrification system
Automatic central lubrication system
Valid for: L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171;
Function description
Progressive lubrication
The automatic central lubrication system is a progressive system. It
lubricates progressively, i.e. all lubricating points in succession.
The main distributor is fitted with an inductive switch, which signals the
lubrication cycles to the main electronics (master).
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Overall system
The electrically powered central lubrication pump pumps the grease to the
main progressive distributor, which distributes it to the secondary progres-
sive distributors. The secondary progressive distributors pump the grease to
the lubrication points. The main electronics (master) control the lubrications
cycles and pauses of the central lubrication pump.
Safety function
The pressure relief valve on the central lubrication pump monitors lubri-
cation. If a lubrication point receives no grease from the distributor, the
progressive distributor is blocked. The pressure in the central lubricating
system increases. If the pressure rises above the permitted limit, grease
escapes from the pressure relief valve. During this time, there are no
impulses (lubrication cycles) for the main electronics (master).
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 14.2-3 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Central lubrification system Service Manual
Automatic central lubrication system
If the lubrication cycles are not performed in a specified time, the main
electronics (master) switch off the lubrication system. The driver is notified
by the flashing LEDs on the central lubrication button and a service code.
Technical data
See section 2.1
14.2-4 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Central lubrification system
Automatic central lubrication system
Function description
Pump action
A DC motor 1 continually drives the cam 3 with a pressure ring 11.
The cam raises and lowers the transfer piston 8. This provides the suction and
pumping action of the transfer piston. The built-in check valve 9 prevents the
pumped medium from being sucked back out of the main supply line.
The agitator 6 pushes the lubricant out of the transparent reservoir 5 through
a strainer 7 to the pump housing 2. This eliminates air bubbles in the grease.
Filling
The reservoir can be filled via the tapered grease fitting using a standard
lubrication pump or via the rapid fill coupling using the grease gun.
Safety function
The pressure relief valve 10, which is set to 280 bar, prevents excess pressure
in the line system.
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The progressive distributors are manufactured with variable discs. The
advantage of this is that the distributors can be extended or reduced according
to the number of lubrication points.
The flow per stroke depends on the piston diameter. The progressive
distributor needs at least three pumping elements in order to work properly.
The distributors must always be installed horizontally.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 14.2-5 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Central lubrification system Service Manual
Automatic central lubrication system
14.2-6 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Central lubrification system
Automatic central lubrication system
Function description
Basic function
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 14.2-7 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Central lubrification system Service Manual
Automatic central lubrication system
Technical data
See section 2.1
Function description
Basic function
The central lubrication pump EP-1 is regulated by the main electronics (master).
It is operated via CAN bus from the control unit to the main electronics
(master) and output module 1 A17a.
The feedback from the grease level sensor 2 and the lubrication cycle
inductive switch 9 comes via the input module 2 A16b to the main
electronics (master).
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.2-8 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Central lubrification system
Automatic central lubrication system
Non-scheduled lubrication
Using the central lubrication system button, you can perform non-scheduled
lubrication at any time when the ignition is switched on, even when the
parking brake is engaged (with the set lubrication and cycle time).
The pump motor switches off after the set number of cycles and the set
cycle time begins.
Lubrication sequences
A Lubrication (cycles) 2 Medium-duty lubrication 3 Heavy-duty lubrication sequence
1 Light-duty lubrication sequence sequence
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 14.2-9 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Central lubrification system Service Manual
Automatic central lubrication system
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.2-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
15 Covering, access
15.0
Chapter contents
15 Covering, access............................................................... 15.0-1
15.1 Coverings......................................................................................15.1-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 15.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Covering, access Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
15.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Covering, access
Covering
15.1 Covering
Design
Covering components
1 Front left and right mud guards 4 Engine hood 7 Front lower covering
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 15.1-1 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Covering, access Service Manual
Covering
15.1-2 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Covering, access
Covering
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 15.1-3 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Covering, access Service Manual
Covering
Cooler hood
1 Cooler hood 3 Cooler panel
2 Cooler support
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
The cooler hood 1 is fastened with one bolt each to the cooler support 2 and
the cooler panel 3.
15.1-4 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Covering, access
Covering
Cover
1 Plastic lid 2 Front section
The plastic lid 1 is fastened with four bolts to the front of the front section 2.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 15.1-5 o f 6
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Covering, access Service Manual
Covering
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
15.1-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Manual Covering, access
Cab access
Design
Cab access
1 Cab access 3 Cab access handrail
2 Tool box 4 Wheel box handrail
The left side of the cab access 1 is fastened to the rear section with three
bolts. The bottom rung is connected by two rubber brackets to the access. The
underside of the cab access is designed to leave space for the input and out-
put modules, and for the electric central lubrication pump (special equipment).
A toolbox 2 is welded between the steps.
The handrails 3 are each fastened to the access and wheel box with
four screws.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 15.2-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Covering, access Service Manual
Cab access
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
15.2-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
16 Cab, heating, air conditioning
16.0
Chapter contents
16 Cab, heating, air conditioning............................................ 16.0-1
16.0.1 Cab, heating and air-conditioning.......................................16.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
16.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Design
The cab is a safety cab which has been tested and approved according to the
ROPS/FOPS specifications. It is elastically supported on the rear section.
The cab is equipped with heating, ventilation and air conditioning.
The cab can be accessed from the left side of the machine via the steps and
the door.
The right window can be used as an exit in emergencies.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Function description
ROPS/FOPS strength
The driver's cab complies with the ROPS/FOPS regulations.
ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) takes into account mechanical rigidity
in the event of the machine rolling over.
FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure) governs the rigidity of the cab
when object fall onto it.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
16.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Instrument panel
Design
Instrument panel
1 Electrical control unit A18 4 Additional functions control unit
2 Main control unit CAN bus A11 CAN bus (optional) A19
3 Air conditioning control unit CAN 5 Switch for additional options
bus A22
Design
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.1-1 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Instrument panel
7 Forward travel direction symbol field H3 24 Direction indicator symbol field H10
8 Working hydraulics lockout symbol field H5 25 Stop symbol field H36
9 Reverse travel direction symbol field H9 26 Display for tractive force adjustment, current travel
10 Hydraulic oil overheating symbol field H23 range, fan reversal H37
11 Automatic travel range 2-3 symbol field H35 27 Overspeed protection indicator H38
12 Automatic travel range 1-3 symbol field H34 28 Fuel supply symbol field H1
13 Automatic travel range 1-2 symbol field H33 29 Fuel supply display P2
14 Fixed gear 2 symbol field H31 30 Engine overheating and coolant level symbol field H13
15 Fixed gear 1 symbol field H30 31 Coolant temperature display P3
16 Tempomat T symbol field H29 32 Engine oil pressure symbol field H4
17 Neutral position N symbol field H32 33 Engine oil pressure display P5
18 Parking brake symbol field H11
16.1-2 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Instrument panel
Function description
Plug assignment
Connector A13.X1 SUB-D / 9-pin male (communication with master electronics A15)
1 Earth 6 Earth
2 +24 V power supply 7 Unassigned
3 CAN bus CAN_L 8 +5 V terminal 1
4 CAN bus CAN_H 9 Indicator signal
5 +5 V power supply
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.1-3 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Instrument panel
Design
The controls consist of the following units:
Electric control unit A18 - controlled via digital connection
Main function control unit A11 - controlled via a CAN bus
Air conditioning control unit A22 - controlled via a CAN bus
Option control unit A19 - controlled via a CAN bus. With strip inserts to show
the various symbols.
Backlit membrane keypads with buttons (function symbol and LEDs)
16.1-4 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Instrument panel
Basic function
The control units operate the various machine functions.
The control units are connected via CAN bus and digitally to the main
electronics (master) A15 and the relay and fuse board A4.
The control unit A18 works as soon as the main switch is turned on (terminal
30). The buttons and switches can be programmed.
The control units A11, A19 (optional) and A22 work when the ignition is turned
on (terminal 15). The control units must be set to the correct CAN bus address.
Function test
When the ignition is turned on, all the LEDs light up for the duration of the test.
If there is a fault or failure in a module (CAN bus module) the LEDs remain lit
after the test (safety-critical condition). In this case, the system cannot be
started up.
(See section 10.1.3 on the main electronics (master) A15).
Function description
The main function control unit A11 is connected via CAN bus to the main
electronics (master) A15.
The main function control unit A11 works as soon as the ignition is turned on
(terminal 15).
When a button is pressed, a signal is sent via CAN bus to the main electro-
nics (master) A15.
The buttons have LEDs, which can signal the following conditions:
All three LEDs on or off button with switch function
All three LEDs only light up when the button is pressed button with
push function
The LEDs go on or off individually each time the button is pressed button
with control function
The functions of each button are described in the operating manual for each
machine: Operating the control units.
Function test
When the ignition is turned on, all the LEDs light up for the duration of the test.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
If there is a fault or failure in a module (CAN bus module) the LEDs remain lit
after the test (safety-critical condition). In this case, the system cannot be
started up.
(See section 10.1.3 on the main electronics (master) A15).
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.1-5 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Instrument panel
Plug assignment
Connector A11/X1 Deutsch / 12-pin male (communication with main electronics (master) A15
1 +24 V power supply F71 6 Earth (connected to pin 2)
(connected to pin 5) 7 CAN bus CAN_High 2
2 Earth (connected to pin 6) 8 CAN bus CAN_Low 2
3 CAN bus CAN_High 1 9 Terminating resistor
4 CAN bus CAN_Low 1 10 Unassigned
5 +24 V power supply (connected 11 Unassigned
to pin 1) 12 Unassigned
Function description
The heating and air conditioning control unit A22 is connected via CAN bus
to the main electronics (master) A15.
The air conditioning control unit A22 works as soon as the ignition is turned
on (terminal 15).
When a button is pressed, a signal is sent via CAN bus to the main electro-
nics (master) A15.
The buttons have LEDs, which can signal the following conditions:
All three LEDs on or off button with switch function
All three LEDs only light up when the button is pressed button with
push function
The functions of each button are described in the operating manual for each
machine: Operating the control units.
Plug assignment
Connector A22/X1 Deutsch / 12-pin male (electrical function control)
1 Data input F71 7 CAN_High 2
2 Earth 8 CAN_Low 2
3 CAN_High 1 9 120 terminating resistor
4 CAN_Low 1 10 Unassigned
5 +24 V power supply 11 Unassigned
(terminal 15) - F09 12 Unassigned
6 Unassigned
Function description
The option control unit A19 is connected via CAN bus to the main electronics
(master) A15.
The option control unit A19 works as soon as the ignition is turned on
(terminal 15).
When a button is pressed, a signal is sent via CAN bus to the main electro-
nics (master) A15.
The buttons have LEDs, which can signal the following conditions:
All three LEDs on or off button with switch function
All three LEDs only light up when the button is pressed button with
push function
16.1-6 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Instrument panel
The functions of each button are described in the operating manual for each
machine: Operating the control units.
NOTE: when replacing or installing a new option control unit A19, it must
be addressed.
The address is required in order to identify CAN bus messages.
Plug assignment
Connector A19/X1 Deutsch / 12-pin male (electrical function control)
1 Data input F71 7 CAN_High 2
2 Earth 8 CAN_Low 2
3 CAN_High 1 9 120 terminating resistor
4 CAN_Low 1 10 Unassigned
5 +24 V power supply 11 Unassigned
(terminal 15) - F09 12 Unassigned
6 Unassigned
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.1-7 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Instrument panel
Function description
The electric control unit A18 is digitally connected to the relay and fuse
board A4.
When a button is pressed, a digital signal is generated and the relays or
solenoid valves are actuated.
The LEDs are arranged on the buttons as shown. In the direction of travel,
LED 1 at the front, LED 2 in the middle and LED 3 at the back.
When a function is activated, the status is shown by one or more of the LEDs.
Each button has seven function (modes), which can be set as required.
The functions of each button are described in the operating manual for each
machine: Operating the control units.
16.1-8 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Instrument panel
6 ON ON OFF
7 ON ON ON
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.1-9 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Instrument panel
Plug assignment
Connector A18/X1 Deutsch / 12-pin male (electrical function control)
1 +24 V power supply 7 CAN_High 2 (not used)
(terminal 15) - F71 8 CAN_Low 2 (not used)
2 Earth 9 120 terminating resistor
3 CAN_High 1 (not used) 10 Switching output (hazard lights)
4 CAN_Low 1 (not used) 11 Switching output
5 +24 V power supply (flashing beacon)
(terminal 30) - F07 12 Switching output
6 Digital input (flashing frequency) (windscreen wipers)
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
16.1-10 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Instrument panel
Design
Function description
Basic function
When the electrical system is switched on, the automatic travel range A1-3
is selected and the travel drive is set to neutral N.
Both are indicated by the LC display (H34) and the symbol field N (H32).
The travel direction switch 5 must be moved to neutral N after the parking
brake is released before a travel direction can be preselected.
Kick-down shifting
Briefly touch the Up button 2 to trigger the command to shift to 1st gear.
The gear can shift up 10 seconds after the kick-down button is released.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.1-11 o f 1 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Instrument panel
Plug assignment
Connector S2 12-pin Deutsch
1 Power supply (+) F15 7 Kick-down switching signal
2 Reverse travel direction 8 Kick-down power supply (+) F9
constant signal 9 Additional equipment power
3 Reverse travel direction supply (+) F9
switching signal 10 Additional equipment switching
4 Forward travel direction signal
switching signal 11 Additional equipment power
5 Forward travel direction supply (+) F9
constant signal 12 Additional equipment
6 Earth switching signal
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
16.1-12 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Design
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Heater/air conditioner
1 Fresh air filter service cover 6 Heating/air conditioning unit
2 Heater/air conditioner covering 7 Driver's cab
3 Fresh air filter (pre-filter) 8 Recirculation filter
4 Fresh air intake slots 9 Circulated air filter cover
5 Fresh air filter (fine filter)
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.2-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Design
2 Servo motor for middle nozzles 8 Heating/air conditioning control 13 Head area ventilation
3 Servo motor for electronics (A21) connection
windscreen/head area nozzles 9 Fresh/recirculated air flap 14 Footwell ventilation connection
4 Flap control housing 10 Fresh/recirculated air flap 15 Middle ventilation connection
5 Heat exchanger servo motor 16 Front and side window
6 Air-conditioning evaporator 11 Water valve servo motor ventilation connection
16.2-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Function description
Flap control
The driver can set the flaps manually as required, using the heating/air con-
ditioning control unit.
When the air conditioning is in automatic mode, the flaps are automatically
controlled by the heating/air conditioning control electronics.
16.2.2 Blower
The blower is part of the heating and ventilation unit.
Design
The blower is a 6-speed radial fan for ventilation, heating and air condi-
tioning in the cab.
Function description
Basic function
The blower sucks air (axial intake) 4 through the fresh/recirculated air
duct and blows it out of the radial outlet 5 to the evaporator and through the
heat exchanger.
The air flow is regulated by changing the blower speed.
It is operated and regulated using the air conditioning control unit. At level 0
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.2-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
16.2-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Air conditioning system
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.3-1 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Air conditioning system
Function description
energy in it.
The refrigerant, which still has bubbles in it, passes into the dryer collector
unit 6, where it is filtered and dried, and then, with the bubbles removed,
through the rising pipe to the expansion valve 13 on the evaporator.
The liquid, pressurised refrigerant is sprayed through the expansion valve 13
into the depressurised evaporator 11.
16.3-2 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Air conditioning system
This allows the refrigerant to expand. The expansion reduces the pressure
energy in the refrigerant and very quickly cools the evaporator.
The evaporator 11 is exposed to hot air from the cab and transfers the
heat to the refrigerant. This thermal exchange cools the cab air and heats
the refrigerant.
The heated refrigerant evaporates and turns to gas. This change of state
requires additional energy from the (warm) evaporator, which further
reduces the temperature.
Temperature regulation
The temperature is regulated by the cyclical activation and deactivation of
the magnetic coupling 2 of the air conditioning compressor during operation,
or by mixing hot air from the heater, as for example in defrost mode.
The frequency of switching is controlled by the temperature sensors in the
evaporator and the program in the heating/air conditioning control elec-
tronics (see the technical data).
The temperature is also regulated at the expansion valve. The pressure and
temperature are recorded at the evaporator outlet and the injection quantity
is precisely metered.
These monitoring elements prevent the evaporator from icing up.
Defrost mode
When the windows are misted up, the cab air must be dried. This is done by
operating the air conditioning and the heater at the same time. The cab air
can absorb more moisture when it is heated. The air flowing past the cool
evaporator releases the moisture in the form of condensation.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.3-3 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Air conditioning system
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Basic function
The refrigerant compressor acts as a pump which draws in the gaseous refri-
gerant from the evaporator, compresses it and pumps it to the condenser.
It is bidirectional, which means that the refrigerant compressor can be used
for both directions of rotation.
16.3-4 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Air conditioning system
Magnetic coupling
The pulley runs freely on the compressor shaft and is permanently driven by
the V-ribbed belt.
The power transmission between the pulley and the compressor shaft is
controlled by a magnetic coupling 4.
This is activated by the temperature switch in the evaporator or the pressure
switch on the dryer collector unit.
By periodic activation of the compressor, the evaporator is kept at a temp-
erature of between +1 C (uncoupling) and +4 C (coupling), this preventing
the air conditioning unit from icing up.
If the pressure rises above 24 bar or below 2 bar on the pressure side of the
compressor, it is also uncoupled.
16.3.2 Condenser
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The condenser is part of the cooling system.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.3-5 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Air conditioning system
Function description
Basic function
The forced ventilation condenser directs the heat output of the refrigera-
tion circuit to the ambient air and in the process condenses the
gaseous refrigerant.
When the air conditioning system is switched on, the cooling system fan
speed is automatically increased.
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The dryer collector unit is located under the left cab access.
It is connected to the outlet of the condenser and the intake of the evaporator.
Function description
Basic function
The refrigerant, which is cooled but still has bubbles in it, passes from the
condenser to the dryer collector unit.
The circulation pressure forces the refrigerant inside through the filter ele-
ment 3 and the dryer granules 4.
The bubbles are removed from the refrigerant and it passes through the
rising pipe 2 to an outlet port connected by a hose to the expansion valve of
the evaporator.
16.3-6 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Air conditioning system
Sight glass
Sight glass
1 White filling level bead 2 Orange moisture indicator bead
The sight glass is located in the upper third of the dryer collector unit.
The sight glass has the following purposes:
Checking when filling the system
Checking the refrigerant level during operation
Checking the moisture content of the refrigerant
Checking contamination of the refrigerant circuit
Sight glass functions Checking when filling the system
When completely filling the system, it is necessary to top up with gaseous
refrigerant on the intake side when the system is switched on. When doing
this, watch the level indicator bead 1 in the sight glass. As soon as it floats on
the refrigerant to the top of the sight glass, stop adding refrigerant.
Checking the refrigerant level during operation
Once the system has been running for about five minutes (to allow the
refrigerant to distribute), the white level indicator bead should be near the top
of the sight glass. As the engine speed increases, the level rises slightly. The
refrigerant should flow through the sight glass with no visible bubbles during
operation. If gas bubbles appear, it is normally due to insufficient refrigerant in
the system.
Sometimes the refrigerant is not sufficiently condensed due to insufficient
heat extraction at the condenser (contamination), which can result in
bubbles in the sight glass.
Checking the moisture content of the refrigerant
There is a small orange indicator bead 2 in the sight glass. If it turns light
grey, there is too much moisture in the system.
In this case the system must be completely drained and evacuated. The oil
in the compressor must also be replaced. The entire dryer collector unit must
be replaced too.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.3-7 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Air conditioning system
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Dryer
1 Pressure switch 2 Dryer collector unit
The pressure switch is attached to the dryer collector unit in the air conditio-
ning circuit.
Function description
Basic function
The pressure switch monitors the pressure in the cooling circuit. It deactivates
the magnetic coupling and therefore the compressor if the pressure is too low
or too high.
This prevents the compressor from running dry if there is too little refrigerant
(insufficient pressure).
Deactivation is also necessary when the pressure is too high. This prevents
damage to components in the system.
Excess pressure may be caused by:
Too much refrigerant in the circuit
Excess temperature due to a dirty condenser or defective fan control
The filter in the dryer collector unit may be very dirty
The expansion valve may be iced up (too much moisture in the refrigerant) or
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
dirty (blocked).
16.3-8 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Cab, heating, air conditioning
Air conditioning system
16.3.5 Evaporator
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
Basic function
The evaporator is a heat exchanger which cools the cab air.
The pressurised refrigerant, which is cooled and liquefied by the condenser,
is sprayed through the expansion valve 2 into the evaporator 4, where there
is a vacuum.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
The drop in pressure allows the refrigerant to expand. The expansion causes
a great drop in the thermal energy. The refrigerant is cooled.
The thermal energy taken from the cab air via the fins on the evaporator 4
evaporates the refrigerant.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 16.3-9 o f 1 0
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Cab, heating, air conditioning Service Manual
Air conditioning system
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
16.3-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
17 Lift arms and quick-change
device
17.0
Chapter contents
17 Lift arms and quick-change device.................................... 17.1-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 17.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Lift arms and quick-change device Service Manual
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Lift arms and quick-change device
Lift arms
Design
the cylinder bearings on the base of the cylinder. The bearing points on the lift
arms have seals to protect them against dirt and corrosion. The lift cylinders
Z kinematics are mounted at the piston rod end on the bucket arm and at the cylinder base
end on the front section. The tilt cylinder is mounted at the piston rod end on
the linkage and at the cylinder base end on the front section.
The mechanical bucket return-to-dig device is mounted on the tilt cylinder.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 17.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Lift arms and quick-change device Service Manual
Lift arm
Function description
Basic function
Movements of the bucket arm The lift arms bear and move the attached equipment or implement.
Bucket movement
The bucket is tilted in or out by extending or retracting the tilt cylinder.
You can find details on this in the section on the working hydraulics. LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Lift arms and quick-change device
Pin bearing
Design
The standard bearings on the lift arms have a pin bearing seal.
The following section describes the standard bearing sealing on the lift arms.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 17.2-1 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Lift arms and quick-change device Service Manual
Pin bearing
Design
17.2-2 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Lift arms and quick-change device
Pin bearing
Function description
Basic function
The bucket base and bushings are protected from corrosive or abrasive
material by a special radial sealing ring. If this material penetrates the
bearing it can increase wear and enlarge the play. If the bearing is loose, the
friction will cause increased wear despite lubrication.
The radial seal is installed on both sides of the bushing between the bucket
arm and bearing plates. The radial seal is held in place by the bearing pin.
The steel ring is positioned parallel to the contact faces of the bucket arm
and bearing plate and prevents the lip seal ring from being damaged by the
forces acting on the bucket bearing.
Axial clearance between the bearing journals of the bucket arm and the bearing
plate ensures that the bearing moves smoothly and is perfectly sealed.
Design
Extractor hammer
There are many ways to remove a pin. One tried-and-tested method is to
use the extractor hammer shown above. The tool is easy to make and the
pin is not damaged when removed. The extractor hammer consists of a
round rod with an M36 thread on both ends, two machined faces for an
open-ended wrench, the hammer head and two nuts. The first nut has a
flange to prevent damage to the nuts.
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Procedure
Put the machine in maintenance position 1.
Screw the round rod into the extractor thread of the pin.
Push the hammer onto the rod and tighten the nuts.
Remove the retaining screw.
Knock out the pin.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 17.2-3 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Lift arms and quick-change device Service Manual
Pin bearing
Procedure
Put the machine in maintenance position 1.
Remove the pin as described in 17.2.3.
Start the machine and drive in reverse.
Drive the machine to a suitable place for repairs.
Slightly raise the lift arms and securely support them.
Switch off the engine and pull out the key.
Turn off the battery main switch.
To make it easier to remove the steel bucket bushings, we recommend
welding several lengthways seams around the bushing. The advantage of
this is that when the bushing cools down it becomes smaller in diameter and
thus easier to push out of the hole.
Perform the welding in accordance with the safety instructions for welding
on the machine (see the operating manual).
Attach the earth lead of the welding equipment as close as possible to
the welding position.
Weld on the inside of the bushing.
Leave a distance of 10 mm between the ends of the bushing and the welds
(see illustration).
17.2-4 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Lift arms and quick-change device
Pin bearing
Pushing out the bushing using You can push out all the bushings on the lift arms using the appropriate push-
the extraction device ing tool. Position a steel washer in the bushing, flush and slightly below centre.
Use a threaded rod and a hydraulic ram to push the bushing out of the hole.
Procedure
Assemble the hydraulic ram 1, the pusher 2, the threaded rod 3 and the
pushing washer 6 (illustrated).
Pushing tool
Fix the threaded rod with a nut.
Carefully push the bushing out of the hole.
There are two ways to fit a new bushing:
Using a press
By shrinking it using liquid nitrogen
Caution
Be very careful when handling liquid nitrogen.
If using liquid nitrogen, carefully follow the safety instructions for handling it.
! Read and follow the safety instructions.
Procedure
Prepare the pin bearing seal.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 17.2-5 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Lift arms and quick-change device Service Manual
Pin bearing
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.2-6 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Lift arms and quick-change device
Pin bearing
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 17.2-7 o f 8
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Lift arms and quick-change device Service Manual
Pin bearing
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.2-8 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Lift arms and quick-change device
Quick change device (optional)
Design
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 17.3-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171
L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS
Lift arms and quick-change device Service Manual
Quick change device (optional)
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.3-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L580 - 459 / from 14171
18 Equipment and accessories
18.0
Chapter contents
18 Equipment and accessories .............................................. 18.0-1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 18.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Equipment and accessories Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Equipment and accessories
Bucket
The loading bucket is one of many different attachments that can be fitted to
the lift arms.
The bucket is normally fitted directly to the lift arms. If the lift arms are fitted
with an optional quick change device, the bucket is attached to that.
The following section describes the loading bucket with teeth.
Design
The bottom cutting edge varies according to the application.
The various designs include:
Welded tooth holder with plug-in teeth
Four-section, reversible undercut blade
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 18.1-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Equipment and accessories Service Manual
Bucket
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.1-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Equipment and accessories
Forklift
18.2 Forklift
Technical data
See section 2.1
The forklift is one of many different attachments that can be fitted to the
lift arms.
The forklift is mounted either directly on the lift arms or onto the optional
quick change device.
The following section describes the forklift with adjustable prongs.
Design
The forklift consists of the fork carrier and adjustable fork prongs.
Forklift
1 Fork carrier 2 Fork prongs
The fork prongs 2 are attached to the fork carrier 1 and are secured against
slipping with the fork lock on the upper fork hook.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 18.2-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Equipment and accessories Service Manual
Forklift
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.2-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Equipment and accessories
Connection sizes
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 18.3-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Equipment and accessories Service Manual
Connection sizes
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.3-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Equipment and accessories
Connection sizes
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 18.3-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Equipment and accessories Service Manual
Connection sizes
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.3-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Equipment and accessories
Attachment handbook
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 18.4-1 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Equipment and accessories Service Manual
Cab access
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.4-2 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Equipment and accessories
Attachment handbook
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 18.4-3 o f 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Equipment and accessories Service Manual
Cab access
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.4-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
19 Service Codes, Diagnose
Chapter contents
19 Service Codes, Diagnose ................................................... 19.0-1
19.0 Malfunctions...................................................................................19.0-1
19.0.1 Service codes indicated on the display unit (A13) .................19.0-1
19.0.2 Audible and visual warning signals.......................................19.0-2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
19.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
19.0 Malfunctions
Warning and error messages
Various faults are indicated by the corresponding symbol fields (visually) or
by display instruments on the instrument panel.
Some warning functions are accompanied by audible warning signals.
Finding and eliminating errors and malfunctions
Faults can often be traced back to incorrect operation or servicing of
the machine.
Therefore, carefully read the appropriate section of the operating
manual each time a fault occurs.
Analyse the cause of the fault and correct it immediately.
Display unit
Service code display STOP indicator
If a fault occurs while you are setting up or operating the machine, it is shown on
the display unit and stored in the error memory.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Error indicator
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-1 o f 2
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
Effects of a fault
Every malfunction has a defined effect. This is specified in the Effect column of
the service code table.
If errors occur which can damage the machine, the entire machine is shut down.
Neutral travel direction is automatically selected and the machine coasts to a
halt.
Make a note of the service code, as it may disappear from the segment field of
the display unit when the ignition is switched off.
Analyse and rectify the fault.
List of abbreviations
LFD Liebherr ride control system
LH-ECU Liebherr engine control unit (A700D)
PWM Pulse width modulated outputs (proportional solenoid)
RAM Memory
REF Reference (comparison)
sec Seconds
t Fault time; how long a fault must be active to trigger a
service code
Ubat Battery power supply (terminal 30)
V Volts LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
19.0-2 o f 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-3 o f 3
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-4 o f 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
C2014 has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. System fault contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C2015 has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. System fault contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C2017 has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. System fault contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C2019 has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. System fault contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C201A has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. System fault contact the manufacturer.
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-5 o f 5
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
C205D has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C205E has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C2062 has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C2063 has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system Turn the ignition off and on
C2064 has been shut down due to again; if the problem persists,
a critical error. Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
19.0-6 o f 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-7 o f 7
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-8 o f 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-9 o f 9
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
No travel range function supply. Wiring or fuse defective Check fuse F60 or wiring
E201D No joystick gyrator steering Output module 2 / bank 4: no power
(2-in-1) function supply. Wiring or fuse defective Check fuse F51 or wiring
Travel direction and
additional equipment do not
E201E
work (driving only possible Output module 2 / bank 3: no power
at reduced speed) supply. Wiring or fuse defective Check fuse F52 or wiring
Parking brake, working
hydraulics lockout, bucket
E201F
return-to-dig and lift kick-out Output module 1 / bank 1: no power
do not work supply. Wiring or fuse defective Check fuse F47 or wiring
E2020 Float position and cooling Output module 1 / bank 2: no power
system fan do not work supply. Wiring or fuse defective Check fuse F48 or wiring
19.0-10 o f 1 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-11 o f 1 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
E3006 Travel direction cannot be Travel direction switch: forwards Travel direction switch S2a;
selected signal channel 1 shorted to earth check wiring or input module 1
E3007 Travel direction cannot be Travel direction switch: reverse Travel direction switch S2a;
selected signal channel 1 shorted to earth check wiring or input module 1
E3008 Lift kick-out inductive switch: shorted Lift kick-out inductive switch B17;
No lift kick-out available to earth check wiring or input module 1
Bucket return-to-dig inductive
E3009 No bucket return-to-dig Bucket return-to-dig inductive switch B15; check wiring or input
available switch: shorted to earth module 1
Fuel level cannot be
E300B detected - minimum filling Fuel level sensor: under voltage <1 Fuel level sensor B25; check
level displayed V wiring or input module 1
Fuel level cannot be
E300C detected - minimum filling Fuel level sensor B25; check
level displayed Fuel level sensor: over voltage >4 V wiring or input module 1
E300D Ignition switch: Start signal T. 50a Ignition switch S1; check wiring
Engine cannot be started shorted to earth or input module 1
E300E Gas pedal angle sensor: channel 1 Gas pedal angle sensor R5;
None over current >20 am check wiring or input module 1
Gas pedal angle sensor R5,
E300F Gas pedal angle sensor: channel 1 power supply F44, check wiring
None undercurrent <4 am or input module 1
Hydraulic oil overheating
symbol field H23 lights up,
E3010 fan running at high speed, Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
driving only possible in fixed Hydraulic oil temperature sensor: B8; check wiring or input module
gear 1 or 2 shorted to earth 1
Hydraulic oil overheating
symbol field H23 lights up,
E3011 fan running at high speed, Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
driving only possible in fixed Hydraulic oil temperature sensor: B8; check wiring or input module
gear 1 or 2 Interruption 1
Variable displacement motor 1
E3012 Continued driving is only Variable displacement motor 1 speed sensor B2; check wiring or
possible in fixed gear 2 speed sensor: shorted to earth input module 1
Variable displacement motor 1
E3013 Continued driving is only Variable displacement motor 1 speed sensor B2; check wiring or
possible in fixed gear 2 speed sensor: Interruption input module 1
E3014 Continued driving is only Power take-off speed sensor: Power take-off speed sensor B1;
possible in fixed gear 1 shorted to earth check wiring or input module 1
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
E3015 Continued driving is only Power take-off speed sensor: Power take-off speed sensor B1;
possible in fixed gear 1 Interruption check wiring or input module 1
Steering column switch S3, relay
E3016 Driving light response: shorted to K3; check wiring or input module
No driving light available earth 2
Steering column switch S3, relay
E3017 High beam response: shorted to K3a; check wiring or input
No high beam available earth module 2
E3018 Indicator signal response: input of Input module 2, check fault in
None input module shorted to earth wiring H15, H16, H17, H18
Ride control pressure switch
E3019 Ride control pressure switch: B28; check wiring or input
No ride control function shorted to earth module 1
19.0-12 o f 1 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
E301A Travel direction cannot be Travel direction switch: forwards Travel direction switch S2a;
selected signal channel 2 shorted to earth check wiring or input module 2
E301B Travel direction cannot be Travel direction switch: reverse Travel direction switch S2a;
selected signal channel 2 shorted to earth check wiring or input module 2
E301C Inching angle sensor: channel 2 Inching angle sensor R1; check
None over current >20 am wiring or input module 2
Inching angle sensor R1, check
E301D Inching angle sensor: channel 2 power supply F45, wiring or input
None undercurrent <4 am module 2
E301E Gas pedal angle sensor: channel 2 Gas pedal angle sensor R5;
None over current >20 am check wiring or input module 2
Gas pedal angle sensor R5,
E301F Gas pedal angle sensor: channel 2 check power supply F45, wiring
None undercurrent (<4 am) or input module 2
E3020 Kick-down function not Kick-down button S2b; check
available Kick-down button: shorted to earth wiring or input module 2
E3021 Option 1 button S2c; check
No option 1 function Option 1 button: shorted to earth wiring or input module 2
E3022 Option 2 button S2d; check
No option 2 function Option 2 button: shorted to earth wiring or input module 2
E3023 Warning buzzer H40; check
No warning buzzer function Warning buzzer: shorted to earth wiring or input module 2
Central lubrication system (filling Central lubrication system (filling
E3024 No central lubrication level) inductive switch: shorted to level) inductive switch B44;
function earth check wiring or input module 2
E3025 Particle filter cannot be Particle filter: input 1 electrical fault Input module 2, fault in sensor,
monitored (shorted to earth) check data logger wiring
E3026 Particle filter cannot be Particle filter input 2 electrical fault
Input module 2, fault in sensor,
monitored (shorted to earth) check data logger wiring
Joystick steering signal encoder
E3027 Joystick steering not Joystick steering signal encoder: left B202; check wiring or input
available signal over current >20 am module 2
Joystick steering signal encoder
E3028 Joystick steering not Joystick steering signal encoder: left B202; check wiring or input
available signal undercurrent <4 am module 2
Variable displacement motor 2
E3029 Variable displacement motor 2 speed sensor B2a; check wiring
Driving is not possible speed sensor: shorted to earth or input module 2
Variable displacement motor 2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-13 o f 1 3
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-14 o f 1 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
angle to prevent overspeed Coupling 2: short circuit at output check wiring or output module 1
Fixed gear 1 is activated
Coupling 2 solenoid valve Y6.2;
and variable displacement
E4015 check power supply F60, wiring
motor 1 is set to a wide
or output module 1
angle to prevent overspeed Coupling 2: interruption at output
Continued driving is only
E4016 possible in fixed gear 1 or 2 Coupling 3 solenoid valve Y6.3;
or automatic range A1-2 Coupling 3: short circuit at output check wiring or output module 1
Continued driving is only
E4017 possible in fixed gear 1 or 2 Coupling 3 solenoid valve Y6.3;
or automatic range A1-2 Coupling 3: interruption at output check wiring or output module 1
E4018 Modulation solenoid valve Y6.4;
Sudden shifting Modulation: short circuit at output check wiring or output module 1
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-15 o f 1 4
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-16 o f 1 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
E403A Forward travel direction (pump 2): valve Y2a; check wiring or output
Only reverse travel possible short circuit at output module 2
Forward travel direction solenoid
E403B Forward travel direction (pump 2): valve Y2a; check wiring or output
Only reverse travel possible interruption at output module 2
Reverse travel direction solenoid
E403C Reverse travel direction (pump 2): valve Y3a; check wiring or output
Only forward travel possible short circuit at output module 2
Reverse travel direction solenoid
E403D Reverse travel direction (pump 2): valve Y3a; check wiring or output
Only forward travel possible interruption at output module 2
Additional equipment 1 solenoid
E403E Additional equipment 1 Additional equipment 1: short circuit valve Y11; check wiring or output
cannot be activated at output module 2
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-17 o f 1 7
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4058 Comfort control does not Comfort control fault at output (over consumer Y11, Y12 or check
work current / short circuit) wiring
E405A Option output: electrical Electrical fault in consumer or wiring
fault at output - option does not work Check consumer or wiring
Joystick steering safety
E405B No joystick steering Joystick steering safety shutdown: shutdown solenoid valve Y64;
available short circuit at output check wiring or output module 2
Joystick steering safety
E405C No joystick steering Joystick steering safety shutdown: shutdown solenoid valve Y64;
available interruption at output check wiring or output module 2
Joystick steering left proportional
E405D No joystick steering Joystick steering, left: undercurrent valve Y51; check wiring or output
available at output module 2
19.0-18 o f 1 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-19 o f 1 9
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-20 o f 2 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-21 o f 2 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-22 o f 2 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-23 o f 2 3
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-24 o f 2 4 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-25 o f 2 5
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-26 o f 2 6 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-27 o f 2 7
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-28 o f 2 8 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-29 o f 2 9
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-30 o f 3 0 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-31 o f 3 1
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions
19.0-32 o f 3 2 Copyright by L550 - 456 / from 16978 L566 - 460 / from 14171
MJFCIFSS L556 - 454 / from 15653 L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
Service Manual Service Codes, Diagnose
Malfunctions
L550 - 456 / from 16978 L576 - 457 / from 14171 Copyright by 19.0-33 o f 3 3
L556 - 454 / from 15653 L580 - 459 / from 14171 MJFCIFSS
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Service Codes, Diagnose Service Manual
Malfunctions